Mercurial > hg > CbC > CbC_gcc
comparison gcc/lra-constraints.c @ 111:04ced10e8804
gcc 7
author | kono |
---|---|
date | Fri, 27 Oct 2017 22:46:09 +0900 |
parents | |
children | 84e7813d76e9 |
comparison
equal
deleted
inserted
replaced
68:561a7518be6b | 111:04ced10e8804 |
---|---|
1 /* Code for RTL transformations to satisfy insn constraints. | |
2 Copyright (C) 2010-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. | |
3 Contributed by Vladimir Makarov <vmakarov@redhat.com>. | |
4 | |
5 This file is part of GCC. | |
6 | |
7 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under | |
8 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free | |
9 Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later | |
10 version. | |
11 | |
12 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY | |
13 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or | |
14 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License | |
15 for more details. | |
16 | |
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | |
18 along with GCC; see the file COPYING3. If not see | |
19 <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ | |
20 | |
21 | |
22 /* This file contains code for 3 passes: constraint pass, | |
23 inheritance/split pass, and pass for undoing failed inheritance and | |
24 split. | |
25 | |
26 The major goal of constraint pass is to transform RTL to satisfy | |
27 insn and address constraints by: | |
28 o choosing insn alternatives; | |
29 o generating *reload insns* (or reloads in brief) and *reload | |
30 pseudos* which will get necessary hard registers later; | |
31 o substituting pseudos with equivalent values and removing the | |
32 instructions that initialized those pseudos. | |
33 | |
34 The constraint pass has biggest and most complicated code in LRA. | |
35 There are a lot of important details like: | |
36 o reuse of input reload pseudos to simplify reload pseudo | |
37 allocations; | |
38 o some heuristics to choose insn alternative to improve the | |
39 inheritance; | |
40 o early clobbers etc. | |
41 | |
42 The pass is mimicking former reload pass in alternative choosing | |
43 because the reload pass is oriented to current machine description | |
44 model. It might be changed if the machine description model is | |
45 changed. | |
46 | |
47 There is special code for preventing all LRA and this pass cycling | |
48 in case of bugs. | |
49 | |
50 On the first iteration of the pass we process every instruction and | |
51 choose an alternative for each one. On subsequent iterations we try | |
52 to avoid reprocessing instructions if we can be sure that the old | |
53 choice is still valid. | |
54 | |
55 The inheritance/spilt pass is to transform code to achieve | |
56 ineheritance and live range splitting. It is done on backward | |
57 traversal of EBBs. | |
58 | |
59 The inheritance optimization goal is to reuse values in hard | |
60 registers. There is analogous optimization in old reload pass. The | |
61 inheritance is achieved by following transformation: | |
62 | |
63 reload_p1 <- p reload_p1 <- p | |
64 ... new_p <- reload_p1 | |
65 ... => ... | |
66 reload_p2 <- p reload_p2 <- new_p | |
67 | |
68 where p is spilled and not changed between the insns. Reload_p1 is | |
69 also called *original pseudo* and new_p is called *inheritance | |
70 pseudo*. | |
71 | |
72 The subsequent assignment pass will try to assign the same (or | |
73 another if it is not possible) hard register to new_p as to | |
74 reload_p1 or reload_p2. | |
75 | |
76 If the assignment pass fails to assign a hard register to new_p, | |
77 this file will undo the inheritance and restore the original code. | |
78 This is because implementing the above sequence with a spilled | |
79 new_p would make the code much worse. The inheritance is done in | |
80 EBB scope. The above is just a simplified example to get an idea | |
81 of the inheritance as the inheritance is also done for non-reload | |
82 insns. | |
83 | |
84 Splitting (transformation) is also done in EBB scope on the same | |
85 pass as the inheritance: | |
86 | |
87 r <- ... or ... <- r r <- ... or ... <- r | |
88 ... s <- r (new insn -- save) | |
89 ... => | |
90 ... r <- s (new insn -- restore) | |
91 ... <- r ... <- r | |
92 | |
93 The *split pseudo* s is assigned to the hard register of the | |
94 original pseudo or hard register r. | |
95 | |
96 Splitting is done: | |
97 o In EBBs with high register pressure for global pseudos (living | |
98 in at least 2 BBs) and assigned to hard registers when there | |
99 are more one reloads needing the hard registers; | |
100 o for pseudos needing save/restore code around calls. | |
101 | |
102 If the split pseudo still has the same hard register as the | |
103 original pseudo after the subsequent assignment pass or the | |
104 original pseudo was split, the opposite transformation is done on | |
105 the same pass for undoing inheritance. */ | |
106 | |
107 #undef REG_OK_STRICT | |
108 | |
109 #include "config.h" | |
110 #include "system.h" | |
111 #include "coretypes.h" | |
112 #include "backend.h" | |
113 #include "target.h" | |
114 #include "rtl.h" | |
115 #include "tree.h" | |
116 #include "predict.h" | |
117 #include "df.h" | |
118 #include "memmodel.h" | |
119 #include "tm_p.h" | |
120 #include "expmed.h" | |
121 #include "optabs.h" | |
122 #include "regs.h" | |
123 #include "ira.h" | |
124 #include "recog.h" | |
125 #include "output.h" | |
126 #include "addresses.h" | |
127 #include "expr.h" | |
128 #include "cfgrtl.h" | |
129 #include "rtl-error.h" | |
130 #include "params.h" | |
131 #include "lra.h" | |
132 #include "lra-int.h" | |
133 #include "print-rtl.h" | |
134 | |
135 /* Value of LRA_CURR_RELOAD_NUM at the beginning of BB of the current | |
136 insn. Remember that LRA_CURR_RELOAD_NUM is the number of emitted | |
137 reload insns. */ | |
138 static int bb_reload_num; | |
139 | |
140 /* The current insn being processed and corresponding its single set | |
141 (NULL otherwise), its data (basic block, the insn data, the insn | |
142 static data, and the mode of each operand). */ | |
143 static rtx_insn *curr_insn; | |
144 static rtx curr_insn_set; | |
145 static basic_block curr_bb; | |
146 static lra_insn_recog_data_t curr_id; | |
147 static struct lra_static_insn_data *curr_static_id; | |
148 static machine_mode curr_operand_mode[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS]; | |
149 /* Mode of the register substituted by its equivalence with VOIDmode | |
150 (e.g. constant) and whose subreg is given operand of the current | |
151 insn. VOIDmode in all other cases. */ | |
152 static machine_mode original_subreg_reg_mode[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS]; | |
153 | |
154 | |
155 | |
156 /* Start numbers for new registers and insns at the current constraints | |
157 pass start. */ | |
158 static int new_regno_start; | |
159 static int new_insn_uid_start; | |
160 | |
161 /* If LOC is nonnull, strip any outer subreg from it. */ | |
162 static inline rtx * | |
163 strip_subreg (rtx *loc) | |
164 { | |
165 return loc && GET_CODE (*loc) == SUBREG ? &SUBREG_REG (*loc) : loc; | |
166 } | |
167 | |
168 /* Return hard regno of REGNO or if it is was not assigned to a hard | |
169 register, use a hard register from its allocno class. */ | |
170 static int | |
171 get_try_hard_regno (int regno) | |
172 { | |
173 int hard_regno; | |
174 enum reg_class rclass; | |
175 | |
176 if ((hard_regno = regno) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
177 hard_regno = lra_get_regno_hard_regno (regno); | |
178 if (hard_regno >= 0) | |
179 return hard_regno; | |
180 rclass = lra_get_allocno_class (regno); | |
181 if (rclass == NO_REGS) | |
182 return -1; | |
183 return ira_class_hard_regs[rclass][0]; | |
184 } | |
185 | |
186 /* Return the hard regno of X after removing its subreg. If X is not | |
187 a register or a subreg of a register, return -1. If X is a pseudo, | |
188 use its assignment. If FINAL_P return the final hard regno which will | |
189 be after elimination. */ | |
190 static int | |
191 get_hard_regno (rtx x, bool final_p) | |
192 { | |
193 rtx reg; | |
194 int hard_regno; | |
195 | |
196 reg = x; | |
197 if (SUBREG_P (x)) | |
198 reg = SUBREG_REG (x); | |
199 if (! REG_P (reg)) | |
200 return -1; | |
201 if (! HARD_REGISTER_NUM_P (hard_regno = REGNO (reg))) | |
202 hard_regno = lra_get_regno_hard_regno (hard_regno); | |
203 if (hard_regno < 0) | |
204 return -1; | |
205 if (final_p) | |
206 hard_regno = lra_get_elimination_hard_regno (hard_regno); | |
207 if (SUBREG_P (x)) | |
208 hard_regno += subreg_regno_offset (hard_regno, GET_MODE (reg), | |
209 SUBREG_BYTE (x), GET_MODE (x)); | |
210 return hard_regno; | |
211 } | |
212 | |
213 /* If REGNO is a hard register or has been allocated a hard register, | |
214 return the class of that register. If REGNO is a reload pseudo | |
215 created by the current constraints pass, return its allocno class. | |
216 Return NO_REGS otherwise. */ | |
217 static enum reg_class | |
218 get_reg_class (int regno) | |
219 { | |
220 int hard_regno; | |
221 | |
222 if (! HARD_REGISTER_NUM_P (hard_regno = regno)) | |
223 hard_regno = lra_get_regno_hard_regno (regno); | |
224 if (hard_regno >= 0) | |
225 { | |
226 hard_regno = lra_get_elimination_hard_regno (hard_regno); | |
227 return REGNO_REG_CLASS (hard_regno); | |
228 } | |
229 if (regno >= new_regno_start) | |
230 return lra_get_allocno_class (regno); | |
231 return NO_REGS; | |
232 } | |
233 | |
234 /* Return true if REG satisfies (or will satisfy) reg class constraint | |
235 CL. Use elimination first if REG is a hard register. If REG is a | |
236 reload pseudo created by this constraints pass, assume that it will | |
237 be allocated a hard register from its allocno class, but allow that | |
238 class to be narrowed to CL if it is currently a superset of CL. | |
239 | |
240 If NEW_CLASS is nonnull, set *NEW_CLASS to the new allocno class of | |
241 REGNO (reg), or NO_REGS if no change in its class was needed. */ | |
242 static bool | |
243 in_class_p (rtx reg, enum reg_class cl, enum reg_class *new_class) | |
244 { | |
245 enum reg_class rclass, common_class; | |
246 machine_mode reg_mode; | |
247 int class_size, hard_regno, nregs, i, j; | |
248 int regno = REGNO (reg); | |
249 | |
250 if (new_class != NULL) | |
251 *new_class = NO_REGS; | |
252 if (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
253 { | |
254 rtx final_reg = reg; | |
255 rtx *final_loc = &final_reg; | |
256 | |
257 lra_eliminate_reg_if_possible (final_loc); | |
258 return TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_class_contents[cl], REGNO (*final_loc)); | |
259 } | |
260 reg_mode = GET_MODE (reg); | |
261 rclass = get_reg_class (regno); | |
262 if (regno < new_regno_start | |
263 /* Do not allow the constraints for reload instructions to | |
264 influence the classes of new pseudos. These reloads are | |
265 typically moves that have many alternatives, and restricting | |
266 reload pseudos for one alternative may lead to situations | |
267 where other reload pseudos are no longer allocatable. */ | |
268 || (INSN_UID (curr_insn) >= new_insn_uid_start | |
269 && curr_insn_set != NULL | |
270 && ((OBJECT_P (SET_SRC (curr_insn_set)) | |
271 && ! CONSTANT_P (SET_SRC (curr_insn_set))) | |
272 || (GET_CODE (SET_SRC (curr_insn_set)) == SUBREG | |
273 && OBJECT_P (SUBREG_REG (SET_SRC (curr_insn_set))) | |
274 && ! CONSTANT_P (SUBREG_REG (SET_SRC (curr_insn_set))))))) | |
275 /* When we don't know what class will be used finally for reload | |
276 pseudos, we use ALL_REGS. */ | |
277 return ((regno >= new_regno_start && rclass == ALL_REGS) | |
278 || (rclass != NO_REGS && ira_class_subset_p[rclass][cl] | |
279 && ! hard_reg_set_subset_p (reg_class_contents[cl], | |
280 lra_no_alloc_regs))); | |
281 else | |
282 { | |
283 common_class = ira_reg_class_subset[rclass][cl]; | |
284 if (new_class != NULL) | |
285 *new_class = common_class; | |
286 if (hard_reg_set_subset_p (reg_class_contents[common_class], | |
287 lra_no_alloc_regs)) | |
288 return false; | |
289 /* Check that there are enough allocatable regs. */ | |
290 class_size = ira_class_hard_regs_num[common_class]; | |
291 for (i = 0; i < class_size; i++) | |
292 { | |
293 hard_regno = ira_class_hard_regs[common_class][i]; | |
294 nregs = hard_regno_nregs (hard_regno, reg_mode); | |
295 if (nregs == 1) | |
296 return true; | |
297 for (j = 0; j < nregs; j++) | |
298 if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (lra_no_alloc_regs, hard_regno + j) | |
299 || ! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_class_contents[common_class], | |
300 hard_regno + j)) | |
301 break; | |
302 if (j >= nregs) | |
303 return true; | |
304 } | |
305 return false; | |
306 } | |
307 } | |
308 | |
309 /* Return true if REGNO satisfies a memory constraint. */ | |
310 static bool | |
311 in_mem_p (int regno) | |
312 { | |
313 return get_reg_class (regno) == NO_REGS; | |
314 } | |
315 | |
316 /* Return 1 if ADDR is a valid memory address for mode MODE in address | |
317 space AS, and check that each pseudo has the proper kind of hard | |
318 reg. */ | |
319 static int | |
320 valid_address_p (machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, | |
321 rtx addr, addr_space_t as) | |
322 { | |
323 #ifdef GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS | |
324 lra_assert (ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P (as)); | |
325 GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS (mode, addr, win); | |
326 return 0; | |
327 | |
328 win: | |
329 return 1; | |
330 #else | |
331 return targetm.addr_space.legitimate_address_p (mode, addr, 0, as); | |
332 #endif | |
333 } | |
334 | |
335 namespace { | |
336 /* Temporarily eliminates registers in an address (for the lifetime of | |
337 the object). */ | |
338 class address_eliminator { | |
339 public: | |
340 address_eliminator (struct address_info *ad); | |
341 ~address_eliminator (); | |
342 | |
343 private: | |
344 struct address_info *m_ad; | |
345 rtx *m_base_loc; | |
346 rtx m_base_reg; | |
347 rtx *m_index_loc; | |
348 rtx m_index_reg; | |
349 }; | |
350 } | |
351 | |
352 address_eliminator::address_eliminator (struct address_info *ad) | |
353 : m_ad (ad), | |
354 m_base_loc (strip_subreg (ad->base_term)), | |
355 m_base_reg (NULL_RTX), | |
356 m_index_loc (strip_subreg (ad->index_term)), | |
357 m_index_reg (NULL_RTX) | |
358 { | |
359 if (m_base_loc != NULL) | |
360 { | |
361 m_base_reg = *m_base_loc; | |
362 lra_eliminate_reg_if_possible (m_base_loc); | |
363 if (m_ad->base_term2 != NULL) | |
364 *m_ad->base_term2 = *m_ad->base_term; | |
365 } | |
366 if (m_index_loc != NULL) | |
367 { | |
368 m_index_reg = *m_index_loc; | |
369 lra_eliminate_reg_if_possible (m_index_loc); | |
370 } | |
371 } | |
372 | |
373 address_eliminator::~address_eliminator () | |
374 { | |
375 if (m_base_loc && *m_base_loc != m_base_reg) | |
376 { | |
377 *m_base_loc = m_base_reg; | |
378 if (m_ad->base_term2 != NULL) | |
379 *m_ad->base_term2 = *m_ad->base_term; | |
380 } | |
381 if (m_index_loc && *m_index_loc != m_index_reg) | |
382 *m_index_loc = m_index_reg; | |
383 } | |
384 | |
385 /* Return true if the eliminated form of AD is a legitimate target address. */ | |
386 static bool | |
387 valid_address_p (struct address_info *ad) | |
388 { | |
389 address_eliminator eliminator (ad); | |
390 return valid_address_p (ad->mode, *ad->outer, ad->as); | |
391 } | |
392 | |
393 /* Return true if the eliminated form of memory reference OP satisfies | |
394 extra (special) memory constraint CONSTRAINT. */ | |
395 static bool | |
396 satisfies_memory_constraint_p (rtx op, enum constraint_num constraint) | |
397 { | |
398 struct address_info ad; | |
399 | |
400 decompose_mem_address (&ad, op); | |
401 address_eliminator eliminator (&ad); | |
402 return constraint_satisfied_p (op, constraint); | |
403 } | |
404 | |
405 /* Return true if the eliminated form of address AD satisfies extra | |
406 address constraint CONSTRAINT. */ | |
407 static bool | |
408 satisfies_address_constraint_p (struct address_info *ad, | |
409 enum constraint_num constraint) | |
410 { | |
411 address_eliminator eliminator (ad); | |
412 return constraint_satisfied_p (*ad->outer, constraint); | |
413 } | |
414 | |
415 /* Return true if the eliminated form of address OP satisfies extra | |
416 address constraint CONSTRAINT. */ | |
417 static bool | |
418 satisfies_address_constraint_p (rtx op, enum constraint_num constraint) | |
419 { | |
420 struct address_info ad; | |
421 | |
422 decompose_lea_address (&ad, &op); | |
423 return satisfies_address_constraint_p (&ad, constraint); | |
424 } | |
425 | |
426 /* Initiate equivalences for LRA. As we keep original equivalences | |
427 before any elimination, we need to make copies otherwise any change | |
428 in insns might change the equivalences. */ | |
429 void | |
430 lra_init_equiv (void) | |
431 { | |
432 ira_expand_reg_equiv (); | |
433 for (int i = FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i < max_reg_num (); i++) | |
434 { | |
435 rtx res; | |
436 | |
437 if ((res = ira_reg_equiv[i].memory) != NULL_RTX) | |
438 ira_reg_equiv[i].memory = copy_rtx (res); | |
439 if ((res = ira_reg_equiv[i].invariant) != NULL_RTX) | |
440 ira_reg_equiv[i].invariant = copy_rtx (res); | |
441 } | |
442 } | |
443 | |
444 static rtx loc_equivalence_callback (rtx, const_rtx, void *); | |
445 | |
446 /* Update equivalence for REGNO. We need to this as the equivalence | |
447 might contain other pseudos which are changed by their | |
448 equivalences. */ | |
449 static void | |
450 update_equiv (int regno) | |
451 { | |
452 rtx x; | |
453 | |
454 if ((x = ira_reg_equiv[regno].memory) != NULL_RTX) | |
455 ira_reg_equiv[regno].memory | |
456 = simplify_replace_fn_rtx (x, NULL_RTX, loc_equivalence_callback, | |
457 NULL_RTX); | |
458 if ((x = ira_reg_equiv[regno].invariant) != NULL_RTX) | |
459 ira_reg_equiv[regno].invariant | |
460 = simplify_replace_fn_rtx (x, NULL_RTX, loc_equivalence_callback, | |
461 NULL_RTX); | |
462 } | |
463 | |
464 /* If we have decided to substitute X with another value, return that | |
465 value, otherwise return X. */ | |
466 static rtx | |
467 get_equiv (rtx x) | |
468 { | |
469 int regno; | |
470 rtx res; | |
471 | |
472 if (! REG_P (x) || (regno = REGNO (x)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER | |
473 || ! ira_reg_equiv[regno].defined_p | |
474 || ! ira_reg_equiv[regno].profitable_p | |
475 || lra_get_regno_hard_regno (regno) >= 0) | |
476 return x; | |
477 if ((res = ira_reg_equiv[regno].memory) != NULL_RTX) | |
478 { | |
479 if (targetm.cannot_substitute_mem_equiv_p (res)) | |
480 return x; | |
481 return res; | |
482 } | |
483 if ((res = ira_reg_equiv[regno].constant) != NULL_RTX) | |
484 return res; | |
485 if ((res = ira_reg_equiv[regno].invariant) != NULL_RTX) | |
486 return res; | |
487 gcc_unreachable (); | |
488 } | |
489 | |
490 /* If we have decided to substitute X with the equivalent value, | |
491 return that value after elimination for INSN, otherwise return | |
492 X. */ | |
493 static rtx | |
494 get_equiv_with_elimination (rtx x, rtx_insn *insn) | |
495 { | |
496 rtx res = get_equiv (x); | |
497 | |
498 if (x == res || CONSTANT_P (res)) | |
499 return res; | |
500 return lra_eliminate_regs_1 (insn, res, GET_MODE (res), | |
501 false, false, 0, true); | |
502 } | |
503 | |
504 /* Set up curr_operand_mode. */ | |
505 static void | |
506 init_curr_operand_mode (void) | |
507 { | |
508 int nop = curr_static_id->n_operands; | |
509 for (int i = 0; i < nop; i++) | |
510 { | |
511 machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (*curr_id->operand_loc[i]); | |
512 if (mode == VOIDmode) | |
513 { | |
514 /* The .md mode for address operands is the mode of the | |
515 addressed value rather than the mode of the address itself. */ | |
516 if (curr_id->icode >= 0 && curr_static_id->operand[i].is_address) | |
517 mode = Pmode; | |
518 else | |
519 mode = curr_static_id->operand[i].mode; | |
520 } | |
521 curr_operand_mode[i] = mode; | |
522 } | |
523 } | |
524 | |
525 | |
526 | |
527 /* The page contains code to reuse input reloads. */ | |
528 | |
529 /* Structure describes input reload of the current insns. */ | |
530 struct input_reload | |
531 { | |
532 /* True for input reload of matched operands. */ | |
533 bool match_p; | |
534 /* Reloaded value. */ | |
535 rtx input; | |
536 /* Reload pseudo used. */ | |
537 rtx reg; | |
538 }; | |
539 | |
540 /* The number of elements in the following array. */ | |
541 static int curr_insn_input_reloads_num; | |
542 /* Array containing info about input reloads. It is used to find the | |
543 same input reload and reuse the reload pseudo in this case. */ | |
544 static struct input_reload curr_insn_input_reloads[LRA_MAX_INSN_RELOADS]; | |
545 | |
546 /* Initiate data concerning reuse of input reloads for the current | |
547 insn. */ | |
548 static void | |
549 init_curr_insn_input_reloads (void) | |
550 { | |
551 curr_insn_input_reloads_num = 0; | |
552 } | |
553 | |
554 /* Create a new pseudo using MODE, RCLASS, ORIGINAL or reuse already | |
555 created input reload pseudo (only if TYPE is not OP_OUT). Don't | |
556 reuse pseudo if IN_SUBREG_P is true and the reused pseudo should be | |
557 wrapped up in SUBREG. The result pseudo is returned through | |
558 RESULT_REG. Return TRUE if we created a new pseudo, FALSE if we | |
559 reused the already created input reload pseudo. Use TITLE to | |
560 describe new registers for debug purposes. */ | |
561 static bool | |
562 get_reload_reg (enum op_type type, machine_mode mode, rtx original, | |
563 enum reg_class rclass, bool in_subreg_p, | |
564 const char *title, rtx *result_reg) | |
565 { | |
566 int i, regno; | |
567 enum reg_class new_class; | |
568 bool unique_p = false; | |
569 | |
570 if (type == OP_OUT) | |
571 { | |
572 *result_reg | |
573 = lra_create_new_reg_with_unique_value (mode, original, rclass, title); | |
574 return true; | |
575 } | |
576 /* Prevent reuse value of expression with side effects, | |
577 e.g. volatile memory. */ | |
578 if (! side_effects_p (original)) | |
579 for (i = 0; i < curr_insn_input_reloads_num; i++) | |
580 { | |
581 if (! curr_insn_input_reloads[i].match_p | |
582 && rtx_equal_p (curr_insn_input_reloads[i].input, original) | |
583 && in_class_p (curr_insn_input_reloads[i].reg, rclass, &new_class)) | |
584 { | |
585 rtx reg = curr_insn_input_reloads[i].reg; | |
586 regno = REGNO (reg); | |
587 /* If input is equal to original and both are VOIDmode, | |
588 GET_MODE (reg) might be still different from mode. | |
589 Ensure we don't return *result_reg with wrong mode. */ | |
590 if (GET_MODE (reg) != mode) | |
591 { | |
592 if (in_subreg_p) | |
593 continue; | |
594 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (reg)) < GET_MODE_SIZE (mode)) | |
595 continue; | |
596 reg = lowpart_subreg (mode, reg, GET_MODE (reg)); | |
597 if (reg == NULL_RTX || GET_CODE (reg) != SUBREG) | |
598 continue; | |
599 } | |
600 *result_reg = reg; | |
601 if (lra_dump_file != NULL) | |
602 { | |
603 fprintf (lra_dump_file, " Reuse r%d for reload ", regno); | |
604 dump_value_slim (lra_dump_file, original, 1); | |
605 } | |
606 if (new_class != lra_get_allocno_class (regno)) | |
607 lra_change_class (regno, new_class, ", change to", false); | |
608 if (lra_dump_file != NULL) | |
609 fprintf (lra_dump_file, "\n"); | |
610 return false; | |
611 } | |
612 /* If we have an input reload with a different mode, make sure it | |
613 will get a different hard reg. */ | |
614 else if (REG_P (original) | |
615 && REG_P (curr_insn_input_reloads[i].input) | |
616 && REGNO (original) == REGNO (curr_insn_input_reloads[i].input) | |
617 && (GET_MODE (original) | |
618 != GET_MODE (curr_insn_input_reloads[i].input))) | |
619 unique_p = true; | |
620 } | |
621 *result_reg = (unique_p | |
622 ? lra_create_new_reg_with_unique_value | |
623 : lra_create_new_reg) (mode, original, rclass, title); | |
624 lra_assert (curr_insn_input_reloads_num < LRA_MAX_INSN_RELOADS); | |
625 curr_insn_input_reloads[curr_insn_input_reloads_num].input = original; | |
626 curr_insn_input_reloads[curr_insn_input_reloads_num].match_p = false; | |
627 curr_insn_input_reloads[curr_insn_input_reloads_num++].reg = *result_reg; | |
628 return true; | |
629 } | |
630 | |
631 | |
632 | |
633 /* The page contains code to extract memory address parts. */ | |
634 | |
635 /* Wrapper around REGNO_OK_FOR_INDEX_P, to allow pseudos. */ | |
636 static inline bool | |
637 ok_for_index_p_nonstrict (rtx reg) | |
638 { | |
639 unsigned regno = REGNO (reg); | |
640 | |
641 return regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER || REGNO_OK_FOR_INDEX_P (regno); | |
642 } | |
643 | |
644 /* A version of regno_ok_for_base_p for use here, when all pseudos | |
645 should count as OK. Arguments as for regno_ok_for_base_p. */ | |
646 static inline bool | |
647 ok_for_base_p_nonstrict (rtx reg, machine_mode mode, addr_space_t as, | |
648 enum rtx_code outer_code, enum rtx_code index_code) | |
649 { | |
650 unsigned regno = REGNO (reg); | |
651 | |
652 if (regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
653 return true; | |
654 return ok_for_base_p_1 (regno, mode, as, outer_code, index_code); | |
655 } | |
656 | |
657 | |
658 | |
659 /* The page contains major code to choose the current insn alternative | |
660 and generate reloads for it. */ | |
661 | |
662 /* Return the offset from REGNO of the least significant register | |
663 in (reg:MODE REGNO). | |
664 | |
665 This function is used to tell whether two registers satisfy | |
666 a matching constraint. (reg:MODE1 REGNO1) matches (reg:MODE2 REGNO2) if: | |
667 | |
668 REGNO1 + lra_constraint_offset (REGNO1, MODE1) | |
669 == REGNO2 + lra_constraint_offset (REGNO2, MODE2) */ | |
670 int | |
671 lra_constraint_offset (int regno, machine_mode mode) | |
672 { | |
673 lra_assert (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER); | |
674 | |
675 scalar_int_mode int_mode; | |
676 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN | |
677 && is_a <scalar_int_mode> (mode, &int_mode) | |
678 && GET_MODE_SIZE (int_mode) > UNITS_PER_WORD) | |
679 return hard_regno_nregs (regno, mode) - 1; | |
680 return 0; | |
681 } | |
682 | |
683 /* Like rtx_equal_p except that it allows a REG and a SUBREG to match | |
684 if they are the same hard reg, and has special hacks for | |
685 auto-increment and auto-decrement. This is specifically intended for | |
686 process_alt_operands to use in determining whether two operands | |
687 match. X is the operand whose number is the lower of the two. | |
688 | |
689 It is supposed that X is the output operand and Y is the input | |
690 operand. Y_HARD_REGNO is the final hard regno of register Y or | |
691 register in subreg Y as we know it now. Otherwise, it is a | |
692 negative value. */ | |
693 static bool | |
694 operands_match_p (rtx x, rtx y, int y_hard_regno) | |
695 { | |
696 int i; | |
697 RTX_CODE code = GET_CODE (x); | |
698 const char *fmt; | |
699 | |
700 if (x == y) | |
701 return true; | |
702 if ((code == REG || (code == SUBREG && REG_P (SUBREG_REG (x)))) | |
703 && (REG_P (y) || (GET_CODE (y) == SUBREG && REG_P (SUBREG_REG (y))))) | |
704 { | |
705 int j; | |
706 | |
707 i = get_hard_regno (x, false); | |
708 if (i < 0) | |
709 goto slow; | |
710 | |
711 if ((j = y_hard_regno) < 0) | |
712 goto slow; | |
713 | |
714 i += lra_constraint_offset (i, GET_MODE (x)); | |
715 j += lra_constraint_offset (j, GET_MODE (y)); | |
716 | |
717 return i == j; | |
718 } | |
719 | |
720 /* If two operands must match, because they are really a single | |
721 operand of an assembler insn, then two post-increments are invalid | |
722 because the assembler insn would increment only once. On the | |
723 other hand, a post-increment matches ordinary indexing if the | |
724 post-increment is the output operand. */ | |
725 if (code == POST_DEC || code == POST_INC || code == POST_MODIFY) | |
726 return operands_match_p (XEXP (x, 0), y, y_hard_regno); | |
727 | |
728 /* Two pre-increments are invalid because the assembler insn would | |
729 increment only once. On the other hand, a pre-increment matches | |
730 ordinary indexing if the pre-increment is the input operand. */ | |
731 if (GET_CODE (y) == PRE_DEC || GET_CODE (y) == PRE_INC | |
732 || GET_CODE (y) == PRE_MODIFY) | |
733 return operands_match_p (x, XEXP (y, 0), -1); | |
734 | |
735 slow: | |
736 | |
737 if (code == REG && REG_P (y)) | |
738 return REGNO (x) == REGNO (y); | |
739 | |
740 if (code == REG && GET_CODE (y) == SUBREG && REG_P (SUBREG_REG (y)) | |
741 && x == SUBREG_REG (y)) | |
742 return true; | |
743 if (GET_CODE (y) == REG && code == SUBREG && REG_P (SUBREG_REG (x)) | |
744 && SUBREG_REG (x) == y) | |
745 return true; | |
746 | |
747 /* Now we have disposed of all the cases in which different rtx | |
748 codes can match. */ | |
749 if (code != GET_CODE (y)) | |
750 return false; | |
751 | |
752 /* (MULT:SI x y) and (MULT:HI x y) are NOT equivalent. */ | |
753 if (GET_MODE (x) != GET_MODE (y)) | |
754 return false; | |
755 | |
756 switch (code) | |
757 { | |
758 CASE_CONST_UNIQUE: | |
759 return false; | |
760 | |
761 case LABEL_REF: | |
762 return label_ref_label (x) == label_ref_label (y); | |
763 case SYMBOL_REF: | |
764 return XSTR (x, 0) == XSTR (y, 0); | |
765 | |
766 default: | |
767 break; | |
768 } | |
769 | |
770 /* Compare the elements. If any pair of corresponding elements fail | |
771 to match, return false for the whole things. */ | |
772 | |
773 fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code); | |
774 for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--) | |
775 { | |
776 int val, j; | |
777 switch (fmt[i]) | |
778 { | |
779 case 'w': | |
780 if (XWINT (x, i) != XWINT (y, i)) | |
781 return false; | |
782 break; | |
783 | |
784 case 'i': | |
785 if (XINT (x, i) != XINT (y, i)) | |
786 return false; | |
787 break; | |
788 | |
789 case 'e': | |
790 val = operands_match_p (XEXP (x, i), XEXP (y, i), -1); | |
791 if (val == 0) | |
792 return false; | |
793 break; | |
794 | |
795 case '0': | |
796 break; | |
797 | |
798 case 'E': | |
799 if (XVECLEN (x, i) != XVECLEN (y, i)) | |
800 return false; | |
801 for (j = XVECLEN (x, i) - 1; j >= 0; --j) | |
802 { | |
803 val = operands_match_p (XVECEXP (x, i, j), XVECEXP (y, i, j), -1); | |
804 if (val == 0) | |
805 return false; | |
806 } | |
807 break; | |
808 | |
809 /* It is believed that rtx's at this level will never | |
810 contain anything but integers and other rtx's, except for | |
811 within LABEL_REFs and SYMBOL_REFs. */ | |
812 default: | |
813 gcc_unreachable (); | |
814 } | |
815 } | |
816 return true; | |
817 } | |
818 | |
819 /* True if X is a constant that can be forced into the constant pool. | |
820 MODE is the mode of the operand, or VOIDmode if not known. */ | |
821 #define CONST_POOL_OK_P(MODE, X) \ | |
822 ((MODE) != VOIDmode \ | |
823 && CONSTANT_P (X) \ | |
824 && GET_CODE (X) != HIGH \ | |
825 && !targetm.cannot_force_const_mem (MODE, X)) | |
826 | |
827 /* True if C is a non-empty register class that has too few registers | |
828 to be safely used as a reload target class. */ | |
829 #define SMALL_REGISTER_CLASS_P(C) \ | |
830 (ira_class_hard_regs_num [(C)] == 1 \ | |
831 || (ira_class_hard_regs_num [(C)] >= 1 \ | |
832 && targetm.class_likely_spilled_p (C))) | |
833 | |
834 /* If REG is a reload pseudo, try to make its class satisfying CL. */ | |
835 static void | |
836 narrow_reload_pseudo_class (rtx reg, enum reg_class cl) | |
837 { | |
838 enum reg_class rclass; | |
839 | |
840 /* Do not make more accurate class from reloads generated. They are | |
841 mostly moves with a lot of constraints. Making more accurate | |
842 class may results in very narrow class and impossibility of find | |
843 registers for several reloads of one insn. */ | |
844 if (INSN_UID (curr_insn) >= new_insn_uid_start) | |
845 return; | |
846 if (GET_CODE (reg) == SUBREG) | |
847 reg = SUBREG_REG (reg); | |
848 if (! REG_P (reg) || (int) REGNO (reg) < new_regno_start) | |
849 return; | |
850 if (in_class_p (reg, cl, &rclass) && rclass != cl) | |
851 lra_change_class (REGNO (reg), rclass, " Change to", true); | |
852 } | |
853 | |
854 /* Searches X for any reference to a reg with the same value as REGNO, | |
855 returning the rtx of the reference found if any. Otherwise, | |
856 returns NULL_RTX. */ | |
857 static rtx | |
858 regno_val_use_in (unsigned int regno, rtx x) | |
859 { | |
860 const char *fmt; | |
861 int i, j; | |
862 rtx tem; | |
863 | |
864 if (REG_P (x) && lra_reg_info[REGNO (x)].val == lra_reg_info[regno].val) | |
865 return x; | |
866 | |
867 fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (GET_CODE (x)); | |
868 for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (GET_CODE (x)) - 1; i >= 0; i--) | |
869 { | |
870 if (fmt[i] == 'e') | |
871 { | |
872 if ((tem = regno_val_use_in (regno, XEXP (x, i)))) | |
873 return tem; | |
874 } | |
875 else if (fmt[i] == 'E') | |
876 for (j = XVECLEN (x, i) - 1; j >= 0; j--) | |
877 if ((tem = regno_val_use_in (regno , XVECEXP (x, i, j)))) | |
878 return tem; | |
879 } | |
880 | |
881 return NULL_RTX; | |
882 } | |
883 | |
884 /* Return true if all current insn non-output operands except INS (it | |
885 has a negaitve end marker) do not use pseudos with the same value | |
886 as REGNO. */ | |
887 static bool | |
888 check_conflict_input_operands (int regno, signed char *ins) | |
889 { | |
890 int in; | |
891 int n_operands = curr_static_id->n_operands; | |
892 | |
893 for (int nop = 0; nop < n_operands; nop++) | |
894 if (! curr_static_id->operand[nop].is_operator | |
895 && curr_static_id->operand[nop].type != OP_OUT) | |
896 { | |
897 for (int i = 0; (in = ins[i]) >= 0; i++) | |
898 if (in == nop) | |
899 break; | |
900 if (in < 0 | |
901 && regno_val_use_in (regno, *curr_id->operand_loc[nop]) != NULL_RTX) | |
902 return false; | |
903 } | |
904 return true; | |
905 } | |
906 | |
907 /* Generate reloads for matching OUT and INS (array of input operand | |
908 numbers with end marker -1) with reg class GOAL_CLASS, considering | |
909 output operands OUTS (similar array to INS) needing to be in different | |
910 registers. Add input and output reloads correspondingly to the lists | |
911 *BEFORE and *AFTER. OUT might be negative. In this case we generate | |
912 input reloads for matched input operands INS. EARLY_CLOBBER_P is a flag | |
913 that the output operand is early clobbered for chosen alternative. */ | |
914 static void | |
915 match_reload (signed char out, signed char *ins, signed char *outs, | |
916 enum reg_class goal_class, rtx_insn **before, | |
917 rtx_insn **after, bool early_clobber_p) | |
918 { | |
919 bool out_conflict; | |
920 int i, in; | |
921 rtx new_in_reg, new_out_reg, reg; | |
922 machine_mode inmode, outmode; | |
923 rtx in_rtx = *curr_id->operand_loc[ins[0]]; | |
924 rtx out_rtx = out < 0 ? in_rtx : *curr_id->operand_loc[out]; | |
925 | |
926 inmode = curr_operand_mode[ins[0]]; | |
927 outmode = out < 0 ? inmode : curr_operand_mode[out]; | |
928 push_to_sequence (*before); | |
929 if (inmode != outmode) | |
930 { | |
931 if (partial_subreg_p (outmode, inmode)) | |
932 { | |
933 reg = new_in_reg | |
934 = lra_create_new_reg_with_unique_value (inmode, in_rtx, | |
935 goal_class, ""); | |
936 if (SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (inmode)) | |
937 new_out_reg = gen_lowpart_SUBREG (outmode, reg); | |
938 else | |
939 new_out_reg = gen_rtx_SUBREG (outmode, reg, 0); | |
940 LRA_SUBREG_P (new_out_reg) = 1; | |
941 /* If the input reg is dying here, we can use the same hard | |
942 register for REG and IN_RTX. We do it only for original | |
943 pseudos as reload pseudos can die although original | |
944 pseudos still live where reload pseudos dies. */ | |
945 if (REG_P (in_rtx) && (int) REGNO (in_rtx) < lra_new_regno_start | |
946 && find_regno_note (curr_insn, REG_DEAD, REGNO (in_rtx)) | |
947 && (!early_clobber_p | |
948 || check_conflict_input_operands(REGNO (in_rtx), ins))) | |
949 lra_assign_reg_val (REGNO (in_rtx), REGNO (reg)); | |
950 } | |
951 else | |
952 { | |
953 reg = new_out_reg | |
954 = lra_create_new_reg_with_unique_value (outmode, out_rtx, | |
955 goal_class, ""); | |
956 if (SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (outmode)) | |
957 new_in_reg = gen_lowpart_SUBREG (inmode, reg); | |
958 else | |
959 new_in_reg = gen_rtx_SUBREG (inmode, reg, 0); | |
960 /* NEW_IN_REG is non-paradoxical subreg. We don't want | |
961 NEW_OUT_REG living above. We add clobber clause for | |
962 this. This is just a temporary clobber. We can remove | |
963 it at the end of LRA work. */ | |
964 rtx_insn *clobber = emit_clobber (new_out_reg); | |
965 LRA_TEMP_CLOBBER_P (PATTERN (clobber)) = 1; | |
966 LRA_SUBREG_P (new_in_reg) = 1; | |
967 if (GET_CODE (in_rtx) == SUBREG) | |
968 { | |
969 rtx subreg_reg = SUBREG_REG (in_rtx); | |
970 | |
971 /* If SUBREG_REG is dying here and sub-registers IN_RTX | |
972 and NEW_IN_REG are similar, we can use the same hard | |
973 register for REG and SUBREG_REG. */ | |
974 if (REG_P (subreg_reg) | |
975 && (int) REGNO (subreg_reg) < lra_new_regno_start | |
976 && GET_MODE (subreg_reg) == outmode | |
977 && SUBREG_BYTE (in_rtx) == SUBREG_BYTE (new_in_reg) | |
978 && find_regno_note (curr_insn, REG_DEAD, REGNO (subreg_reg)) | |
979 && (! early_clobber_p | |
980 || check_conflict_input_operands (REGNO (subreg_reg), | |
981 ins))) | |
982 lra_assign_reg_val (REGNO (subreg_reg), REGNO (reg)); | |
983 } | |
984 } | |
985 } | |
986 else | |
987 { | |
988 /* Pseudos have values -- see comments for lra_reg_info. | |
989 Different pseudos with the same value do not conflict even if | |
990 they live in the same place. When we create a pseudo we | |
991 assign value of original pseudo (if any) from which we | |
992 created the new pseudo. If we create the pseudo from the | |
993 input pseudo, the new pseudo will have no conflict with the | |
994 input pseudo which is wrong when the input pseudo lives after | |
995 the insn and as the new pseudo value is changed by the insn | |
996 output. Therefore we create the new pseudo from the output | |
997 except the case when we have single matched dying input | |
998 pseudo. | |
999 | |
1000 We cannot reuse the current output register because we might | |
1001 have a situation like "a <- a op b", where the constraints | |
1002 force the second input operand ("b") to match the output | |
1003 operand ("a"). "b" must then be copied into a new register | |
1004 so that it doesn't clobber the current value of "a". | |
1005 | |
1006 We can not use the same value if the output pseudo is | |
1007 early clobbered or the input pseudo is mentioned in the | |
1008 output, e.g. as an address part in memory, because | |
1009 output reload will actually extend the pseudo liveness. | |
1010 We don't care about eliminable hard regs here as we are | |
1011 interesting only in pseudos. */ | |
1012 | |
1013 /* Matching input's register value is the same as one of the other | |
1014 output operand. Output operands in a parallel insn must be in | |
1015 different registers. */ | |
1016 out_conflict = false; | |
1017 if (REG_P (in_rtx)) | |
1018 { | |
1019 for (i = 0; outs[i] >= 0; i++) | |
1020 { | |
1021 rtx other_out_rtx = *curr_id->operand_loc[outs[i]]; | |
1022 if (REG_P (other_out_rtx) | |
1023 && (regno_val_use_in (REGNO (in_rtx), other_out_rtx) | |
1024 != NULL_RTX)) | |
1025 { | |
1026 out_conflict = true; | |
1027 break; | |
1028 } | |
1029 } | |
1030 } | |
1031 | |
1032 new_in_reg = new_out_reg | |
1033 = (! early_clobber_p && ins[1] < 0 && REG_P (in_rtx) | |
1034 && (int) REGNO (in_rtx) < lra_new_regno_start | |
1035 && find_regno_note (curr_insn, REG_DEAD, REGNO (in_rtx)) | |
1036 && (! early_clobber_p | |
1037 || check_conflict_input_operands (REGNO (in_rtx), ins)) | |
1038 && (out < 0 | |
1039 || regno_val_use_in (REGNO (in_rtx), out_rtx) == NULL_RTX) | |
1040 && !out_conflict | |
1041 ? lra_create_new_reg (inmode, in_rtx, goal_class, "") | |
1042 : lra_create_new_reg_with_unique_value (outmode, out_rtx, | |
1043 goal_class, "")); | |
1044 } | |
1045 /* In operand can be got from transformations before processing insn | |
1046 constraints. One example of such transformations is subreg | |
1047 reloading (see function simplify_operand_subreg). The new | |
1048 pseudos created by the transformations might have inaccurate | |
1049 class (ALL_REGS) and we should make their classes more | |
1050 accurate. */ | |
1051 narrow_reload_pseudo_class (in_rtx, goal_class); | |
1052 lra_emit_move (copy_rtx (new_in_reg), in_rtx); | |
1053 *before = get_insns (); | |
1054 end_sequence (); | |
1055 /* Add the new pseudo to consider values of subsequent input reload | |
1056 pseudos. */ | |
1057 lra_assert (curr_insn_input_reloads_num < LRA_MAX_INSN_RELOADS); | |
1058 curr_insn_input_reloads[curr_insn_input_reloads_num].input = in_rtx; | |
1059 curr_insn_input_reloads[curr_insn_input_reloads_num].match_p = true; | |
1060 curr_insn_input_reloads[curr_insn_input_reloads_num++].reg = new_in_reg; | |
1061 for (i = 0; (in = ins[i]) >= 0; i++) | |
1062 { | |
1063 lra_assert | |
1064 (GET_MODE (*curr_id->operand_loc[in]) == VOIDmode | |
1065 || GET_MODE (new_in_reg) == GET_MODE (*curr_id->operand_loc[in])); | |
1066 *curr_id->operand_loc[in] = new_in_reg; | |
1067 } | |
1068 lra_update_dups (curr_id, ins); | |
1069 if (out < 0) | |
1070 return; | |
1071 /* See a comment for the input operand above. */ | |
1072 narrow_reload_pseudo_class (out_rtx, goal_class); | |
1073 if (find_reg_note (curr_insn, REG_UNUSED, out_rtx) == NULL_RTX) | |
1074 { | |
1075 start_sequence (); | |
1076 lra_emit_move (out_rtx, copy_rtx (new_out_reg)); | |
1077 emit_insn (*after); | |
1078 *after = get_insns (); | |
1079 end_sequence (); | |
1080 } | |
1081 *curr_id->operand_loc[out] = new_out_reg; | |
1082 lra_update_dup (curr_id, out); | |
1083 } | |
1084 | |
1085 /* Return register class which is union of all reg classes in insn | |
1086 constraint alternative string starting with P. */ | |
1087 static enum reg_class | |
1088 reg_class_from_constraints (const char *p) | |
1089 { | |
1090 int c, len; | |
1091 enum reg_class op_class = NO_REGS; | |
1092 | |
1093 do | |
1094 switch ((c = *p, len = CONSTRAINT_LEN (c, p)), c) | |
1095 { | |
1096 case '#': | |
1097 case ',': | |
1098 return op_class; | |
1099 | |
1100 case 'g': | |
1101 op_class = reg_class_subunion[op_class][GENERAL_REGS]; | |
1102 break; | |
1103 | |
1104 default: | |
1105 enum constraint_num cn = lookup_constraint (p); | |
1106 enum reg_class cl = reg_class_for_constraint (cn); | |
1107 if (cl == NO_REGS) | |
1108 { | |
1109 if (insn_extra_address_constraint (cn)) | |
1110 op_class | |
1111 = (reg_class_subunion | |
1112 [op_class][base_reg_class (VOIDmode, ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC, | |
1113 ADDRESS, SCRATCH)]); | |
1114 break; | |
1115 } | |
1116 | |
1117 op_class = reg_class_subunion[op_class][cl]; | |
1118 break; | |
1119 } | |
1120 while ((p += len), c); | |
1121 return op_class; | |
1122 } | |
1123 | |
1124 /* If OP is a register, return the class of the register as per | |
1125 get_reg_class, otherwise return NO_REGS. */ | |
1126 static inline enum reg_class | |
1127 get_op_class (rtx op) | |
1128 { | |
1129 return REG_P (op) ? get_reg_class (REGNO (op)) : NO_REGS; | |
1130 } | |
1131 | |
1132 /* Return generated insn mem_pseudo:=val if TO_P or val:=mem_pseudo | |
1133 otherwise. If modes of MEM_PSEUDO and VAL are different, use | |
1134 SUBREG for VAL to make them equal. */ | |
1135 static rtx_insn * | |
1136 emit_spill_move (bool to_p, rtx mem_pseudo, rtx val) | |
1137 { | |
1138 if (GET_MODE (mem_pseudo) != GET_MODE (val)) | |
1139 { | |
1140 /* Usually size of mem_pseudo is greater than val size but in | |
1141 rare cases it can be less as it can be defined by target | |
1142 dependent macro HARD_REGNO_CALLER_SAVE_MODE. */ | |
1143 if (! MEM_P (val)) | |
1144 { | |
1145 val = gen_lowpart_SUBREG (GET_MODE (mem_pseudo), | |
1146 GET_CODE (val) == SUBREG | |
1147 ? SUBREG_REG (val) : val); | |
1148 LRA_SUBREG_P (val) = 1; | |
1149 } | |
1150 else | |
1151 { | |
1152 mem_pseudo = gen_lowpart_SUBREG (GET_MODE (val), mem_pseudo); | |
1153 LRA_SUBREG_P (mem_pseudo) = 1; | |
1154 } | |
1155 } | |
1156 return to_p ? gen_move_insn (mem_pseudo, val) | |
1157 : gen_move_insn (val, mem_pseudo); | |
1158 } | |
1159 | |
1160 /* Process a special case insn (register move), return true if we | |
1161 don't need to process it anymore. INSN should be a single set | |
1162 insn. Set up that RTL was changed through CHANGE_P and that hook | |
1163 TARGET_SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED says to use secondary memory through | |
1164 SEC_MEM_P. */ | |
1165 static bool | |
1166 check_and_process_move (bool *change_p, bool *sec_mem_p ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) | |
1167 { | |
1168 int sregno, dregno; | |
1169 rtx dest, src, dreg, sreg, new_reg, scratch_reg; | |
1170 rtx_insn *before; | |
1171 enum reg_class dclass, sclass, secondary_class; | |
1172 secondary_reload_info sri; | |
1173 | |
1174 lra_assert (curr_insn_set != NULL_RTX); | |
1175 dreg = dest = SET_DEST (curr_insn_set); | |
1176 sreg = src = SET_SRC (curr_insn_set); | |
1177 if (GET_CODE (dest) == SUBREG) | |
1178 dreg = SUBREG_REG (dest); | |
1179 if (GET_CODE (src) == SUBREG) | |
1180 sreg = SUBREG_REG (src); | |
1181 if (! (REG_P (dreg) || MEM_P (dreg)) || ! (REG_P (sreg) || MEM_P (sreg))) | |
1182 return false; | |
1183 sclass = dclass = NO_REGS; | |
1184 if (REG_P (dreg)) | |
1185 dclass = get_reg_class (REGNO (dreg)); | |
1186 gcc_assert (dclass < LIM_REG_CLASSES); | |
1187 if (dclass == ALL_REGS) | |
1188 /* ALL_REGS is used for new pseudos created by transformations | |
1189 like reload of SUBREG_REG (see function | |
1190 simplify_operand_subreg). We don't know their class yet. We | |
1191 should figure out the class from processing the insn | |
1192 constraints not in this fast path function. Even if ALL_REGS | |
1193 were a right class for the pseudo, secondary_... hooks usually | |
1194 are not define for ALL_REGS. */ | |
1195 return false; | |
1196 if (REG_P (sreg)) | |
1197 sclass = get_reg_class (REGNO (sreg)); | |
1198 gcc_assert (sclass < LIM_REG_CLASSES); | |
1199 if (sclass == ALL_REGS) | |
1200 /* See comments above. */ | |
1201 return false; | |
1202 if (sclass == NO_REGS && dclass == NO_REGS) | |
1203 return false; | |
1204 if (targetm.secondary_memory_needed (GET_MODE (src), sclass, dclass) | |
1205 && ((sclass != NO_REGS && dclass != NO_REGS) | |
1206 || (GET_MODE (src) | |
1207 != targetm.secondary_memory_needed_mode (GET_MODE (src))))) | |
1208 { | |
1209 *sec_mem_p = true; | |
1210 return false; | |
1211 } | |
1212 if (! REG_P (dreg) || ! REG_P (sreg)) | |
1213 return false; | |
1214 sri.prev_sri = NULL; | |
1215 sri.icode = CODE_FOR_nothing; | |
1216 sri.extra_cost = 0; | |
1217 secondary_class = NO_REGS; | |
1218 /* Set up hard register for a reload pseudo for hook | |
1219 secondary_reload because some targets just ignore unassigned | |
1220 pseudos in the hook. */ | |
1221 if (dclass != NO_REGS && lra_get_regno_hard_regno (REGNO (dreg)) < 0) | |
1222 { | |
1223 dregno = REGNO (dreg); | |
1224 reg_renumber[dregno] = ira_class_hard_regs[dclass][0]; | |
1225 } | |
1226 else | |
1227 dregno = -1; | |
1228 if (sclass != NO_REGS && lra_get_regno_hard_regno (REGNO (sreg)) < 0) | |
1229 { | |
1230 sregno = REGNO (sreg); | |
1231 reg_renumber[sregno] = ira_class_hard_regs[sclass][0]; | |
1232 } | |
1233 else | |
1234 sregno = -1; | |
1235 if (sclass != NO_REGS) | |
1236 secondary_class | |
1237 = (enum reg_class) targetm.secondary_reload (false, dest, | |
1238 (reg_class_t) sclass, | |
1239 GET_MODE (src), &sri); | |
1240 if (sclass == NO_REGS | |
1241 || ((secondary_class != NO_REGS || sri.icode != CODE_FOR_nothing) | |
1242 && dclass != NO_REGS)) | |
1243 { | |
1244 enum reg_class old_sclass = secondary_class; | |
1245 secondary_reload_info old_sri = sri; | |
1246 | |
1247 sri.prev_sri = NULL; | |
1248 sri.icode = CODE_FOR_nothing; | |
1249 sri.extra_cost = 0; | |
1250 secondary_class | |
1251 = (enum reg_class) targetm.secondary_reload (true, src, | |
1252 (reg_class_t) dclass, | |
1253 GET_MODE (src), &sri); | |
1254 /* Check the target hook consistency. */ | |
1255 lra_assert | |
1256 ((secondary_class == NO_REGS && sri.icode == CODE_FOR_nothing) | |
1257 || (old_sclass == NO_REGS && old_sri.icode == CODE_FOR_nothing) | |
1258 || (secondary_class == old_sclass && sri.icode == old_sri.icode)); | |
1259 } | |
1260 if (sregno >= 0) | |
1261 reg_renumber [sregno] = -1; | |
1262 if (dregno >= 0) | |
1263 reg_renumber [dregno] = -1; | |
1264 if (secondary_class == NO_REGS && sri.icode == CODE_FOR_nothing) | |
1265 return false; | |
1266 *change_p = true; | |
1267 new_reg = NULL_RTX; | |
1268 if (secondary_class != NO_REGS) | |
1269 new_reg = lra_create_new_reg_with_unique_value (GET_MODE (src), NULL_RTX, | |
1270 secondary_class, | |
1271 "secondary"); | |
1272 start_sequence (); | |
1273 if (sri.icode == CODE_FOR_nothing) | |
1274 lra_emit_move (new_reg, src); | |
1275 else | |
1276 { | |
1277 enum reg_class scratch_class; | |
1278 | |
1279 scratch_class = (reg_class_from_constraints | |
1280 (insn_data[sri.icode].operand[2].constraint)); | |
1281 scratch_reg = (lra_create_new_reg_with_unique_value | |
1282 (insn_data[sri.icode].operand[2].mode, NULL_RTX, | |
1283 scratch_class, "scratch")); | |
1284 emit_insn (GEN_FCN (sri.icode) (new_reg != NULL_RTX ? new_reg : dest, | |
1285 src, scratch_reg)); | |
1286 } | |
1287 before = get_insns (); | |
1288 end_sequence (); | |
1289 lra_process_new_insns (curr_insn, before, NULL, "Inserting the move"); | |
1290 if (new_reg != NULL_RTX) | |
1291 SET_SRC (curr_insn_set) = new_reg; | |
1292 else | |
1293 { | |
1294 if (lra_dump_file != NULL) | |
1295 { | |
1296 fprintf (lra_dump_file, "Deleting move %u\n", INSN_UID (curr_insn)); | |
1297 dump_insn_slim (lra_dump_file, curr_insn); | |
1298 } | |
1299 lra_set_insn_deleted (curr_insn); | |
1300 return true; | |
1301 } | |
1302 return false; | |
1303 } | |
1304 | |
1305 /* The following data describe the result of process_alt_operands. | |
1306 The data are used in curr_insn_transform to generate reloads. */ | |
1307 | |
1308 /* The chosen reg classes which should be used for the corresponding | |
1309 operands. */ | |
1310 static enum reg_class goal_alt[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS]; | |
1311 /* True if the operand should be the same as another operand and that | |
1312 other operand does not need a reload. */ | |
1313 static bool goal_alt_match_win[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS]; | |
1314 /* True if the operand does not need a reload. */ | |
1315 static bool goal_alt_win[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS]; | |
1316 /* True if the operand can be offsetable memory. */ | |
1317 static bool goal_alt_offmemok[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS]; | |
1318 /* The number of an operand to which given operand can be matched to. */ | |
1319 static int goal_alt_matches[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS]; | |
1320 /* The number of elements in the following array. */ | |
1321 static int goal_alt_dont_inherit_ops_num; | |
1322 /* Numbers of operands whose reload pseudos should not be inherited. */ | |
1323 static int goal_alt_dont_inherit_ops[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS]; | |
1324 /* True if the insn commutative operands should be swapped. */ | |
1325 static bool goal_alt_swapped; | |
1326 /* The chosen insn alternative. */ | |
1327 static int goal_alt_number; | |
1328 | |
1329 /* True if the corresponding operand is the result of an equivalence | |
1330 substitution. */ | |
1331 static bool equiv_substition_p[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS]; | |
1332 | |
1333 /* The following five variables are used to choose the best insn | |
1334 alternative. They reflect final characteristics of the best | |
1335 alternative. */ | |
1336 | |
1337 /* Number of necessary reloads and overall cost reflecting the | |
1338 previous value and other unpleasantness of the best alternative. */ | |
1339 static int best_losers, best_overall; | |
1340 /* Overall number hard registers used for reloads. For example, on | |
1341 some targets we need 2 general registers to reload DFmode and only | |
1342 one floating point register. */ | |
1343 static int best_reload_nregs; | |
1344 /* Overall number reflecting distances of previous reloading the same | |
1345 value. The distances are counted from the current BB start. It is | |
1346 used to improve inheritance chances. */ | |
1347 static int best_reload_sum; | |
1348 | |
1349 /* True if the current insn should have no correspondingly input or | |
1350 output reloads. */ | |
1351 static bool no_input_reloads_p, no_output_reloads_p; | |
1352 | |
1353 /* True if we swapped the commutative operands in the current | |
1354 insn. */ | |
1355 static int curr_swapped; | |
1356 | |
1357 /* if CHECK_ONLY_P is false, arrange for address element *LOC to be a | |
1358 register of class CL. Add any input reloads to list BEFORE. AFTER | |
1359 is nonnull if *LOC is an automodified value; handle that case by | |
1360 adding the required output reloads to list AFTER. Return true if | |
1361 the RTL was changed. | |
1362 | |
1363 if CHECK_ONLY_P is true, check that the *LOC is a correct address | |
1364 register. Return false if the address register is correct. */ | |
1365 static bool | |
1366 process_addr_reg (rtx *loc, bool check_only_p, rtx_insn **before, rtx_insn **after, | |
1367 enum reg_class cl) | |
1368 { | |
1369 int regno; | |
1370 enum reg_class rclass, new_class; | |
1371 rtx reg; | |
1372 rtx new_reg; | |
1373 machine_mode mode; | |
1374 bool subreg_p, before_p = false; | |
1375 | |
1376 subreg_p = GET_CODE (*loc) == SUBREG; | |
1377 if (subreg_p) | |
1378 { | |
1379 reg = SUBREG_REG (*loc); | |
1380 mode = GET_MODE (reg); | |
1381 | |
1382 /* For mode with size bigger than ptr_mode, there unlikely to be "mov" | |
1383 between two registers with different classes, but there normally will | |
1384 be "mov" which transfers element of vector register into the general | |
1385 register, and this normally will be a subreg which should be reloaded | |
1386 as a whole. This is particularly likely to be triggered when | |
1387 -fno-split-wide-types specified. */ | |
1388 if (!REG_P (reg) | |
1389 || in_class_p (reg, cl, &new_class) | |
1390 || GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (ptr_mode)) | |
1391 loc = &SUBREG_REG (*loc); | |
1392 } | |
1393 | |
1394 reg = *loc; | |
1395 mode = GET_MODE (reg); | |
1396 if (! REG_P (reg)) | |
1397 { | |
1398 if (check_only_p) | |
1399 return true; | |
1400 /* Always reload memory in an address even if the target supports | |
1401 such addresses. */ | |
1402 new_reg = lra_create_new_reg_with_unique_value (mode, reg, cl, "address"); | |
1403 before_p = true; | |
1404 } | |
1405 else | |
1406 { | |
1407 regno = REGNO (reg); | |
1408 rclass = get_reg_class (regno); | |
1409 if (! check_only_p | |
1410 && (*loc = get_equiv_with_elimination (reg, curr_insn)) != reg) | |
1411 { | |
1412 if (lra_dump_file != NULL) | |
1413 { | |
1414 fprintf (lra_dump_file, | |
1415 "Changing pseudo %d in address of insn %u on equiv ", | |
1416 REGNO (reg), INSN_UID (curr_insn)); | |
1417 dump_value_slim (lra_dump_file, *loc, 1); | |
1418 fprintf (lra_dump_file, "\n"); | |
1419 } | |
1420 *loc = copy_rtx (*loc); | |
1421 } | |
1422 if (*loc != reg || ! in_class_p (reg, cl, &new_class)) | |
1423 { | |
1424 if (check_only_p) | |
1425 return true; | |
1426 reg = *loc; | |
1427 if (get_reload_reg (after == NULL ? OP_IN : OP_INOUT, | |
1428 mode, reg, cl, subreg_p, "address", &new_reg)) | |
1429 before_p = true; | |
1430 } | |
1431 else if (new_class != NO_REGS && rclass != new_class) | |
1432 { | |
1433 if (check_only_p) | |
1434 return true; | |
1435 lra_change_class (regno, new_class, " Change to", true); | |
1436 return false; | |
1437 } | |
1438 else | |
1439 return false; | |
1440 } | |
1441 if (before_p) | |
1442 { | |
1443 push_to_sequence (*before); | |
1444 lra_emit_move (new_reg, reg); | |
1445 *before = get_insns (); | |
1446 end_sequence (); | |
1447 } | |
1448 *loc = new_reg; | |
1449 if (after != NULL) | |
1450 { | |
1451 start_sequence (); | |
1452 lra_emit_move (before_p ? copy_rtx (reg) : reg, new_reg); | |
1453 emit_insn (*after); | |
1454 *after = get_insns (); | |
1455 end_sequence (); | |
1456 } | |
1457 return true; | |
1458 } | |
1459 | |
1460 /* Insert move insn in simplify_operand_subreg. BEFORE returns | |
1461 the insn to be inserted before curr insn. AFTER returns the | |
1462 the insn to be inserted after curr insn. ORIGREG and NEWREG | |
1463 are the original reg and new reg for reload. */ | |
1464 static void | |
1465 insert_move_for_subreg (rtx_insn **before, rtx_insn **after, rtx origreg, | |
1466 rtx newreg) | |
1467 { | |
1468 if (before) | |
1469 { | |
1470 push_to_sequence (*before); | |
1471 lra_emit_move (newreg, origreg); | |
1472 *before = get_insns (); | |
1473 end_sequence (); | |
1474 } | |
1475 if (after) | |
1476 { | |
1477 start_sequence (); | |
1478 lra_emit_move (origreg, newreg); | |
1479 emit_insn (*after); | |
1480 *after = get_insns (); | |
1481 end_sequence (); | |
1482 } | |
1483 } | |
1484 | |
1485 static int valid_address_p (machine_mode mode, rtx addr, addr_space_t as); | |
1486 static bool process_address (int, bool, rtx_insn **, rtx_insn **); | |
1487 | |
1488 /* Make reloads for subreg in operand NOP with internal subreg mode | |
1489 REG_MODE, add new reloads for further processing. Return true if | |
1490 any change was done. */ | |
1491 static bool | |
1492 simplify_operand_subreg (int nop, machine_mode reg_mode) | |
1493 { | |
1494 int hard_regno; | |
1495 rtx_insn *before, *after; | |
1496 machine_mode mode, innermode; | |
1497 rtx reg, new_reg; | |
1498 rtx operand = *curr_id->operand_loc[nop]; | |
1499 enum reg_class regclass; | |
1500 enum op_type type; | |
1501 | |
1502 before = after = NULL; | |
1503 | |
1504 if (GET_CODE (operand) != SUBREG) | |
1505 return false; | |
1506 | |
1507 mode = GET_MODE (operand); | |
1508 reg = SUBREG_REG (operand); | |
1509 innermode = GET_MODE (reg); | |
1510 type = curr_static_id->operand[nop].type; | |
1511 if (MEM_P (reg)) | |
1512 { | |
1513 const bool addr_was_valid | |
1514 = valid_address_p (innermode, XEXP (reg, 0), MEM_ADDR_SPACE (reg)); | |
1515 alter_subreg (curr_id->operand_loc[nop], false); | |
1516 rtx subst = *curr_id->operand_loc[nop]; | |
1517 lra_assert (MEM_P (subst)); | |
1518 | |
1519 if (!addr_was_valid | |
1520 || valid_address_p (GET_MODE (subst), XEXP (subst, 0), | |
1521 MEM_ADDR_SPACE (subst)) | |
1522 || ((get_constraint_type (lookup_constraint | |
1523 (curr_static_id->operand[nop].constraint)) | |
1524 != CT_SPECIAL_MEMORY) | |
1525 /* We still can reload address and if the address is | |
1526 valid, we can remove subreg without reloading its | |
1527 inner memory. */ | |
1528 && valid_address_p (GET_MODE (subst), | |
1529 regno_reg_rtx | |
1530 [ira_class_hard_regs | |
1531 [base_reg_class (GET_MODE (subst), | |
1532 MEM_ADDR_SPACE (subst), | |
1533 ADDRESS, SCRATCH)][0]], | |
1534 MEM_ADDR_SPACE (subst)))) | |
1535 { | |
1536 /* If we change the address for a paradoxical subreg of memory, the | |
1537 new address might violate the necessary alignment or the access | |
1538 might be slow; take this into consideration. We need not worry | |
1539 about accesses beyond allocated memory for paradoxical memory | |
1540 subregs as we don't substitute such equiv memory (see processing | |
1541 equivalences in function lra_constraints) and because for spilled | |
1542 pseudos we allocate stack memory enough for the biggest | |
1543 corresponding paradoxical subreg. | |
1544 | |
1545 However, do not blindly simplify a (subreg (mem ...)) for | |
1546 WORD_REGISTER_OPERATIONS targets as this may lead to loading junk | |
1547 data into a register when the inner is narrower than outer or | |
1548 missing important data from memory when the inner is wider than | |
1549 outer. This rule only applies to modes that are no wider than | |
1550 a word. */ | |
1551 if (!(GET_MODE_PRECISION (mode) != GET_MODE_PRECISION (innermode) | |
1552 && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) <= UNITS_PER_WORD | |
1553 && GET_MODE_SIZE (innermode) <= UNITS_PER_WORD | |
1554 && WORD_REGISTER_OPERATIONS) | |
1555 && (!(MEM_ALIGN (subst) < GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode) | |
1556 && targetm.slow_unaligned_access (mode, MEM_ALIGN (subst))) | |
1557 || (MEM_ALIGN (reg) < GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (innermode) | |
1558 && targetm.slow_unaligned_access (innermode, | |
1559 MEM_ALIGN (reg))))) | |
1560 return true; | |
1561 | |
1562 *curr_id->operand_loc[nop] = operand; | |
1563 | |
1564 /* But if the address was not valid, we cannot reload the MEM without | |
1565 reloading the address first. */ | |
1566 if (!addr_was_valid) | |
1567 process_address (nop, false, &before, &after); | |
1568 | |
1569 /* INNERMODE is fast, MODE slow. Reload the mem in INNERMODE. */ | |
1570 enum reg_class rclass | |
1571 = (enum reg_class) targetm.preferred_reload_class (reg, ALL_REGS); | |
1572 if (get_reload_reg (curr_static_id->operand[nop].type, innermode, | |
1573 reg, rclass, TRUE, "slow mem", &new_reg)) | |
1574 { | |
1575 bool insert_before, insert_after; | |
1576 bitmap_set_bit (&lra_subreg_reload_pseudos, REGNO (new_reg)); | |
1577 | |
1578 insert_before = (type != OP_OUT | |
1579 || partial_subreg_p (mode, innermode)); | |
1580 insert_after = type != OP_IN; | |
1581 insert_move_for_subreg (insert_before ? &before : NULL, | |
1582 insert_after ? &after : NULL, | |
1583 reg, new_reg); | |
1584 } | |
1585 SUBREG_REG (operand) = new_reg; | |
1586 | |
1587 /* Convert to MODE. */ | |
1588 reg = operand; | |
1589 rclass | |
1590 = (enum reg_class) targetm.preferred_reload_class (reg, ALL_REGS); | |
1591 if (get_reload_reg (curr_static_id->operand[nop].type, mode, reg, | |
1592 rclass, TRUE, "slow mem", &new_reg)) | |
1593 { | |
1594 bool insert_before, insert_after; | |
1595 bitmap_set_bit (&lra_subreg_reload_pseudos, REGNO (new_reg)); | |
1596 | |
1597 insert_before = type != OP_OUT; | |
1598 insert_after = type != OP_IN; | |
1599 insert_move_for_subreg (insert_before ? &before : NULL, | |
1600 insert_after ? &after : NULL, | |
1601 reg, new_reg); | |
1602 } | |
1603 *curr_id->operand_loc[nop] = new_reg; | |
1604 lra_process_new_insns (curr_insn, before, after, | |
1605 "Inserting slow mem reload"); | |
1606 return true; | |
1607 } | |
1608 | |
1609 /* If the address was valid and became invalid, prefer to reload | |
1610 the memory. Typical case is when the index scale should | |
1611 correspond the memory. */ | |
1612 *curr_id->operand_loc[nop] = operand; | |
1613 /* Do not return false here as the MEM_P (reg) will be processed | |
1614 later in this function. */ | |
1615 } | |
1616 else if (REG_P (reg) && REGNO (reg) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
1617 { | |
1618 alter_subreg (curr_id->operand_loc[nop], false); | |
1619 return true; | |
1620 } | |
1621 else if (CONSTANT_P (reg)) | |
1622 { | |
1623 /* Try to simplify subreg of constant. It is usually result of | |
1624 equivalence substitution. */ | |
1625 if (innermode == VOIDmode | |
1626 && (innermode = original_subreg_reg_mode[nop]) == VOIDmode) | |
1627 innermode = curr_static_id->operand[nop].mode; | |
1628 if ((new_reg = simplify_subreg (mode, reg, innermode, | |
1629 SUBREG_BYTE (operand))) != NULL_RTX) | |
1630 { | |
1631 *curr_id->operand_loc[nop] = new_reg; | |
1632 return true; | |
1633 } | |
1634 } | |
1635 /* Put constant into memory when we have mixed modes. It generates | |
1636 a better code in most cases as it does not need a secondary | |
1637 reload memory. It also prevents LRA looping when LRA is using | |
1638 secondary reload memory again and again. */ | |
1639 if (CONSTANT_P (reg) && CONST_POOL_OK_P (reg_mode, reg) | |
1640 && SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (reg_mode) != SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (mode)) | |
1641 { | |
1642 SUBREG_REG (operand) = force_const_mem (reg_mode, reg); | |
1643 alter_subreg (curr_id->operand_loc[nop], false); | |
1644 return true; | |
1645 } | |
1646 /* Force a reload of the SUBREG_REG if this is a constant or PLUS or | |
1647 if there may be a problem accessing OPERAND in the outer | |
1648 mode. */ | |
1649 if ((REG_P (reg) | |
1650 && REGNO (reg) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER | |
1651 && (hard_regno = lra_get_regno_hard_regno (REGNO (reg))) >= 0 | |
1652 /* Don't reload paradoxical subregs because we could be looping | |
1653 having repeatedly final regno out of hard regs range. */ | |
1654 && (hard_regno_nregs (hard_regno, innermode) | |
1655 >= hard_regno_nregs (hard_regno, mode)) | |
1656 && simplify_subreg_regno (hard_regno, innermode, | |
1657 SUBREG_BYTE (operand), mode) < 0 | |
1658 /* Don't reload subreg for matching reload. It is actually | |
1659 valid subreg in LRA. */ | |
1660 && ! LRA_SUBREG_P (operand)) | |
1661 || CONSTANT_P (reg) || GET_CODE (reg) == PLUS || MEM_P (reg)) | |
1662 { | |
1663 enum reg_class rclass; | |
1664 | |
1665 if (REG_P (reg)) | |
1666 /* There is a big probability that we will get the same class | |
1667 for the new pseudo and we will get the same insn which | |
1668 means infinite looping. So spill the new pseudo. */ | |
1669 rclass = NO_REGS; | |
1670 else | |
1671 /* The class will be defined later in curr_insn_transform. */ | |
1672 rclass | |
1673 = (enum reg_class) targetm.preferred_reload_class (reg, ALL_REGS); | |
1674 | |
1675 if (get_reload_reg (curr_static_id->operand[nop].type, reg_mode, reg, | |
1676 rclass, TRUE, "subreg reg", &new_reg)) | |
1677 { | |
1678 bool insert_before, insert_after; | |
1679 bitmap_set_bit (&lra_subreg_reload_pseudos, REGNO (new_reg)); | |
1680 | |
1681 insert_before = (type != OP_OUT | |
1682 || read_modify_subreg_p (operand)); | |
1683 insert_after = (type != OP_IN); | |
1684 insert_move_for_subreg (insert_before ? &before : NULL, | |
1685 insert_after ? &after : NULL, | |
1686 reg, new_reg); | |
1687 } | |
1688 SUBREG_REG (operand) = new_reg; | |
1689 lra_process_new_insns (curr_insn, before, after, | |
1690 "Inserting subreg reload"); | |
1691 return true; | |
1692 } | |
1693 /* Force a reload for a paradoxical subreg. For paradoxical subreg, | |
1694 IRA allocates hardreg to the inner pseudo reg according to its mode | |
1695 instead of the outermode, so the size of the hardreg may not be enough | |
1696 to contain the outermode operand, in that case we may need to insert | |
1697 reload for the reg. For the following two types of paradoxical subreg, | |
1698 we need to insert reload: | |
1699 1. If the op_type is OP_IN, and the hardreg could not be paired with | |
1700 other hardreg to contain the outermode operand | |
1701 (checked by in_hard_reg_set_p), we need to insert the reload. | |
1702 2. If the op_type is OP_OUT or OP_INOUT. | |
1703 | |
1704 Here is a paradoxical subreg example showing how the reload is generated: | |
1705 | |
1706 (insn 5 4 7 2 (set (reg:TI 106 [ __comp ]) | |
1707 (subreg:TI (reg:DI 107 [ __comp ]) 0)) {*movti_internal_rex64} | |
1708 | |
1709 In IRA, reg107 is allocated to a DImode hardreg. We use x86-64 as example | |
1710 here, if reg107 is assigned to hardreg R15, because R15 is the last | |
1711 hardreg, compiler cannot find another hardreg to pair with R15 to | |
1712 contain TImode data. So we insert a TImode reload reg180 for it. | |
1713 After reload is inserted: | |
1714 | |
1715 (insn 283 0 0 (set (subreg:DI (reg:TI 180 [orig:107 __comp ] [107]) 0) | |
1716 (reg:DI 107 [ __comp ])) -1 | |
1717 (insn 5 4 7 2 (set (reg:TI 106 [ __comp ]) | |
1718 (subreg:TI (reg:TI 180 [orig:107 __comp ] [107]) 0)) {*movti_internal_rex64} | |
1719 | |
1720 Two reload hard registers will be allocated to reg180 to save TImode data | |
1721 in LRA_assign. */ | |
1722 else if (REG_P (reg) | |
1723 && REGNO (reg) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER | |
1724 && (hard_regno = lra_get_regno_hard_regno (REGNO (reg))) >= 0 | |
1725 && (hard_regno_nregs (hard_regno, innermode) | |
1726 < hard_regno_nregs (hard_regno, mode)) | |
1727 && (regclass = lra_get_allocno_class (REGNO (reg))) | |
1728 && (type != OP_IN | |
1729 || !in_hard_reg_set_p (reg_class_contents[regclass], | |
1730 mode, hard_regno))) | |
1731 { | |
1732 /* The class will be defined later in curr_insn_transform. */ | |
1733 enum reg_class rclass | |
1734 = (enum reg_class) targetm.preferred_reload_class (reg, ALL_REGS); | |
1735 | |
1736 if (get_reload_reg (curr_static_id->operand[nop].type, mode, reg, | |
1737 rclass, TRUE, "paradoxical subreg", &new_reg)) | |
1738 { | |
1739 rtx subreg; | |
1740 bool insert_before, insert_after; | |
1741 | |
1742 PUT_MODE (new_reg, mode); | |
1743 subreg = gen_lowpart_SUBREG (innermode, new_reg); | |
1744 bitmap_set_bit (&lra_subreg_reload_pseudos, REGNO (new_reg)); | |
1745 | |
1746 insert_before = (type != OP_OUT); | |
1747 insert_after = (type != OP_IN); | |
1748 insert_move_for_subreg (insert_before ? &before : NULL, | |
1749 insert_after ? &after : NULL, | |
1750 reg, subreg); | |
1751 } | |
1752 SUBREG_REG (operand) = new_reg; | |
1753 lra_process_new_insns (curr_insn, before, after, | |
1754 "Inserting paradoxical subreg reload"); | |
1755 return true; | |
1756 } | |
1757 return false; | |
1758 } | |
1759 | |
1760 /* Return TRUE if X refers for a hard register from SET. */ | |
1761 static bool | |
1762 uses_hard_regs_p (rtx x, HARD_REG_SET set) | |
1763 { | |
1764 int i, j, x_hard_regno; | |
1765 machine_mode mode; | |
1766 const char *fmt; | |
1767 enum rtx_code code; | |
1768 | |
1769 if (x == NULL_RTX) | |
1770 return false; | |
1771 code = GET_CODE (x); | |
1772 mode = GET_MODE (x); | |
1773 if (code == SUBREG) | |
1774 { | |
1775 mode = wider_subreg_mode (x); | |
1776 x = SUBREG_REG (x); | |
1777 code = GET_CODE (x); | |
1778 } | |
1779 | |
1780 if (REG_P (x)) | |
1781 { | |
1782 x_hard_regno = get_hard_regno (x, true); | |
1783 return (x_hard_regno >= 0 | |
1784 && overlaps_hard_reg_set_p (set, mode, x_hard_regno)); | |
1785 } | |
1786 if (MEM_P (x)) | |
1787 { | |
1788 struct address_info ad; | |
1789 | |
1790 decompose_mem_address (&ad, x); | |
1791 if (ad.base_term != NULL && uses_hard_regs_p (*ad.base_term, set)) | |
1792 return true; | |
1793 if (ad.index_term != NULL && uses_hard_regs_p (*ad.index_term, set)) | |
1794 return true; | |
1795 } | |
1796 fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code); | |
1797 for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--) | |
1798 { | |
1799 if (fmt[i] == 'e') | |
1800 { | |
1801 if (uses_hard_regs_p (XEXP (x, i), set)) | |
1802 return true; | |
1803 } | |
1804 else if (fmt[i] == 'E') | |
1805 { | |
1806 for (j = XVECLEN (x, i) - 1; j >= 0; j--) | |
1807 if (uses_hard_regs_p (XVECEXP (x, i, j), set)) | |
1808 return true; | |
1809 } | |
1810 } | |
1811 return false; | |
1812 } | |
1813 | |
1814 /* Return true if OP is a spilled pseudo. */ | |
1815 static inline bool | |
1816 spilled_pseudo_p (rtx op) | |
1817 { | |
1818 return (REG_P (op) | |
1819 && REGNO (op) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER && in_mem_p (REGNO (op))); | |
1820 } | |
1821 | |
1822 /* Return true if X is a general constant. */ | |
1823 static inline bool | |
1824 general_constant_p (rtx x) | |
1825 { | |
1826 return CONSTANT_P (x) && (! flag_pic || LEGITIMATE_PIC_OPERAND_P (x)); | |
1827 } | |
1828 | |
1829 static bool | |
1830 reg_in_class_p (rtx reg, enum reg_class cl) | |
1831 { | |
1832 if (cl == NO_REGS) | |
1833 return get_reg_class (REGNO (reg)) == NO_REGS; | |
1834 return in_class_p (reg, cl, NULL); | |
1835 } | |
1836 | |
1837 /* Return true if SET of RCLASS contains no hard regs which can be | |
1838 used in MODE. */ | |
1839 static bool | |
1840 prohibited_class_reg_set_mode_p (enum reg_class rclass, | |
1841 HARD_REG_SET &set, | |
1842 machine_mode mode) | |
1843 { | |
1844 HARD_REG_SET temp; | |
1845 | |
1846 lra_assert (hard_reg_set_subset_p (reg_class_contents[rclass], set)); | |
1847 COPY_HARD_REG_SET (temp, set); | |
1848 AND_COMPL_HARD_REG_SET (temp, lra_no_alloc_regs); | |
1849 return (hard_reg_set_subset_p | |
1850 (temp, ira_prohibited_class_mode_regs[rclass][mode])); | |
1851 } | |
1852 | |
1853 | |
1854 /* Used to check validity info about small class input operands. It | |
1855 should be incremented at start of processing an insn | |
1856 alternative. */ | |
1857 static unsigned int curr_small_class_check = 0; | |
1858 | |
1859 /* Update number of used inputs of class OP_CLASS for operand NOP. | |
1860 Return true if we have more such class operands than the number of | |
1861 available regs. */ | |
1862 static bool | |
1863 update_and_check_small_class_inputs (int nop, enum reg_class op_class) | |
1864 { | |
1865 static unsigned int small_class_check[LIM_REG_CLASSES]; | |
1866 static int small_class_input_nums[LIM_REG_CLASSES]; | |
1867 | |
1868 if (SMALL_REGISTER_CLASS_P (op_class) | |
1869 /* We are interesting in classes became small because of fixing | |
1870 some hard regs, e.g. by an user through GCC options. */ | |
1871 && hard_reg_set_intersect_p (reg_class_contents[op_class], | |
1872 ira_no_alloc_regs) | |
1873 && (curr_static_id->operand[nop].type != OP_OUT | |
1874 || curr_static_id->operand[nop].early_clobber)) | |
1875 { | |
1876 if (small_class_check[op_class] == curr_small_class_check) | |
1877 small_class_input_nums[op_class]++; | |
1878 else | |
1879 { | |
1880 small_class_check[op_class] = curr_small_class_check; | |
1881 small_class_input_nums[op_class] = 1; | |
1882 } | |
1883 if (small_class_input_nums[op_class] > ira_class_hard_regs_num[op_class]) | |
1884 return true; | |
1885 } | |
1886 return false; | |
1887 } | |
1888 | |
1889 /* Major function to choose the current insn alternative and what | |
1890 operands should be reloaded and how. If ONLY_ALTERNATIVE is not | |
1891 negative we should consider only this alternative. Return false if | |
1892 we can not choose the alternative or find how to reload the | |
1893 operands. */ | |
1894 static bool | |
1895 process_alt_operands (int only_alternative) | |
1896 { | |
1897 bool ok_p = false; | |
1898 int nop, overall, nalt; | |
1899 int n_alternatives = curr_static_id->n_alternatives; | |
1900 int n_operands = curr_static_id->n_operands; | |
1901 /* LOSERS counts the operands that don't fit this alternative and | |
1902 would require loading. */ | |
1903 int losers; | |
1904 int addr_losers; | |
1905 /* REJECT is a count of how undesirable this alternative says it is | |
1906 if any reloading is required. If the alternative matches exactly | |
1907 then REJECT is ignored, but otherwise it gets this much counted | |
1908 against it in addition to the reloading needed. */ | |
1909 int reject; | |
1910 /* This is defined by '!' or '?' alternative constraint and added to | |
1911 reject. But in some cases it can be ignored. */ | |
1912 int static_reject; | |
1913 int op_reject; | |
1914 /* The number of elements in the following array. */ | |
1915 int early_clobbered_regs_num; | |
1916 /* Numbers of operands which are early clobber registers. */ | |
1917 int early_clobbered_nops[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS]; | |
1918 enum reg_class curr_alt[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS]; | |
1919 HARD_REG_SET curr_alt_set[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS]; | |
1920 bool curr_alt_match_win[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS]; | |
1921 bool curr_alt_win[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS]; | |
1922 bool curr_alt_offmemok[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS]; | |
1923 int curr_alt_matches[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS]; | |
1924 /* The number of elements in the following array. */ | |
1925 int curr_alt_dont_inherit_ops_num; | |
1926 /* Numbers of operands whose reload pseudos should not be inherited. */ | |
1927 int curr_alt_dont_inherit_ops[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS]; | |
1928 rtx op; | |
1929 /* The register when the operand is a subreg of register, otherwise the | |
1930 operand itself. */ | |
1931 rtx no_subreg_reg_operand[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS]; | |
1932 /* The register if the operand is a register or subreg of register, | |
1933 otherwise NULL. */ | |
1934 rtx operand_reg[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS]; | |
1935 int hard_regno[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS]; | |
1936 machine_mode biggest_mode[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS]; | |
1937 int reload_nregs, reload_sum; | |
1938 bool costly_p; | |
1939 enum reg_class cl; | |
1940 | |
1941 /* Calculate some data common for all alternatives to speed up the | |
1942 function. */ | |
1943 for (nop = 0; nop < n_operands; nop++) | |
1944 { | |
1945 rtx reg; | |
1946 | |
1947 op = no_subreg_reg_operand[nop] = *curr_id->operand_loc[nop]; | |
1948 /* The real hard regno of the operand after the allocation. */ | |
1949 hard_regno[nop] = get_hard_regno (op, true); | |
1950 | |
1951 operand_reg[nop] = reg = op; | |
1952 biggest_mode[nop] = GET_MODE (op); | |
1953 if (GET_CODE (op) == SUBREG) | |
1954 { | |
1955 biggest_mode[nop] = wider_subreg_mode (op); | |
1956 operand_reg[nop] = reg = SUBREG_REG (op); | |
1957 } | |
1958 if (! REG_P (reg)) | |
1959 operand_reg[nop] = NULL_RTX; | |
1960 else if (REGNO (reg) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER | |
1961 || ((int) REGNO (reg) | |
1962 == lra_get_elimination_hard_regno (REGNO (reg)))) | |
1963 no_subreg_reg_operand[nop] = reg; | |
1964 else | |
1965 operand_reg[nop] = no_subreg_reg_operand[nop] | |
1966 /* Just use natural mode for elimination result. It should | |
1967 be enough for extra constraints hooks. */ | |
1968 = regno_reg_rtx[hard_regno[nop]]; | |
1969 } | |
1970 | |
1971 /* The constraints are made of several alternatives. Each operand's | |
1972 constraint looks like foo,bar,... with commas separating the | |
1973 alternatives. The first alternatives for all operands go | |
1974 together, the second alternatives go together, etc. | |
1975 | |
1976 First loop over alternatives. */ | |
1977 alternative_mask preferred = curr_id->preferred_alternatives; | |
1978 if (only_alternative >= 0) | |
1979 preferred &= ALTERNATIVE_BIT (only_alternative); | |
1980 | |
1981 for (nalt = 0; nalt < n_alternatives; nalt++) | |
1982 { | |
1983 /* Loop over operands for one constraint alternative. */ | |
1984 if (!TEST_BIT (preferred, nalt)) | |
1985 continue; | |
1986 | |
1987 curr_small_class_check++; | |
1988 overall = losers = addr_losers = 0; | |
1989 static_reject = reject = reload_nregs = reload_sum = 0; | |
1990 for (nop = 0; nop < n_operands; nop++) | |
1991 { | |
1992 int inc = (curr_static_id | |
1993 ->operand_alternative[nalt * n_operands + nop].reject); | |
1994 if (lra_dump_file != NULL && inc != 0) | |
1995 fprintf (lra_dump_file, | |
1996 " Staticly defined alt reject+=%d\n", inc); | |
1997 static_reject += inc; | |
1998 } | |
1999 reject += static_reject; | |
2000 early_clobbered_regs_num = 0; | |
2001 | |
2002 for (nop = 0; nop < n_operands; nop++) | |
2003 { | |
2004 const char *p; | |
2005 char *end; | |
2006 int len, c, m, i, opalt_num, this_alternative_matches; | |
2007 bool win, did_match, offmemok, early_clobber_p; | |
2008 /* false => this operand can be reloaded somehow for this | |
2009 alternative. */ | |
2010 bool badop; | |
2011 /* true => this operand can be reloaded if the alternative | |
2012 allows regs. */ | |
2013 bool winreg; | |
2014 /* True if a constant forced into memory would be OK for | |
2015 this operand. */ | |
2016 bool constmemok; | |
2017 enum reg_class this_alternative, this_costly_alternative; | |
2018 HARD_REG_SET this_alternative_set, this_costly_alternative_set; | |
2019 bool this_alternative_match_win, this_alternative_win; | |
2020 bool this_alternative_offmemok; | |
2021 bool scratch_p; | |
2022 machine_mode mode; | |
2023 enum constraint_num cn; | |
2024 | |
2025 opalt_num = nalt * n_operands + nop; | |
2026 if (curr_static_id->operand_alternative[opalt_num].anything_ok) | |
2027 { | |
2028 /* Fast track for no constraints at all. */ | |
2029 curr_alt[nop] = NO_REGS; | |
2030 CLEAR_HARD_REG_SET (curr_alt_set[nop]); | |
2031 curr_alt_win[nop] = true; | |
2032 curr_alt_match_win[nop] = false; | |
2033 curr_alt_offmemok[nop] = false; | |
2034 curr_alt_matches[nop] = -1; | |
2035 continue; | |
2036 } | |
2037 | |
2038 op = no_subreg_reg_operand[nop]; | |
2039 mode = curr_operand_mode[nop]; | |
2040 | |
2041 win = did_match = winreg = offmemok = constmemok = false; | |
2042 badop = true; | |
2043 | |
2044 early_clobber_p = false; | |
2045 p = curr_static_id->operand_alternative[opalt_num].constraint; | |
2046 | |
2047 this_costly_alternative = this_alternative = NO_REGS; | |
2048 /* We update set of possible hard regs besides its class | |
2049 because reg class might be inaccurate. For example, | |
2050 union of LO_REGS (l), HI_REGS(h), and STACK_REG(k) in ARM | |
2051 is translated in HI_REGS because classes are merged by | |
2052 pairs and there is no accurate intermediate class. */ | |
2053 CLEAR_HARD_REG_SET (this_alternative_set); | |
2054 CLEAR_HARD_REG_SET (this_costly_alternative_set); | |
2055 this_alternative_win = false; | |
2056 this_alternative_match_win = false; | |
2057 this_alternative_offmemok = false; | |
2058 this_alternative_matches = -1; | |
2059 | |
2060 /* An empty constraint should be excluded by the fast | |
2061 track. */ | |
2062 lra_assert (*p != 0 && *p != ','); | |
2063 | |
2064 op_reject = 0; | |
2065 /* Scan this alternative's specs for this operand; set WIN | |
2066 if the operand fits any letter in this alternative. | |
2067 Otherwise, clear BADOP if this operand could fit some | |
2068 letter after reloads, or set WINREG if this operand could | |
2069 fit after reloads provided the constraint allows some | |
2070 registers. */ | |
2071 costly_p = false; | |
2072 do | |
2073 { | |
2074 switch ((c = *p, len = CONSTRAINT_LEN (c, p)), c) | |
2075 { | |
2076 case '\0': | |
2077 len = 0; | |
2078 break; | |
2079 case ',': | |
2080 c = '\0'; | |
2081 break; | |
2082 | |
2083 case '&': | |
2084 early_clobber_p = true; | |
2085 break; | |
2086 | |
2087 case '$': | |
2088 op_reject += LRA_MAX_REJECT; | |
2089 break; | |
2090 case '^': | |
2091 op_reject += LRA_LOSER_COST_FACTOR; | |
2092 break; | |
2093 | |
2094 case '#': | |
2095 /* Ignore rest of this alternative. */ | |
2096 c = '\0'; | |
2097 break; | |
2098 | |
2099 case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': | |
2100 case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': | |
2101 { | |
2102 int m_hregno; | |
2103 bool match_p; | |
2104 | |
2105 m = strtoul (p, &end, 10); | |
2106 p = end; | |
2107 len = 0; | |
2108 lra_assert (nop > m); | |
2109 | |
2110 this_alternative_matches = m; | |
2111 m_hregno = get_hard_regno (*curr_id->operand_loc[m], false); | |
2112 /* We are supposed to match a previous operand. | |
2113 If we do, we win if that one did. If we do | |
2114 not, count both of the operands as losers. | |
2115 (This is too conservative, since most of the | |
2116 time only a single reload insn will be needed | |
2117 to make the two operands win. As a result, | |
2118 this alternative may be rejected when it is | |
2119 actually desirable.) */ | |
2120 match_p = false; | |
2121 if (operands_match_p (*curr_id->operand_loc[nop], | |
2122 *curr_id->operand_loc[m], m_hregno)) | |
2123 { | |
2124 /* We should reject matching of an early | |
2125 clobber operand if the matching operand is | |
2126 not dying in the insn. */ | |
2127 if (! curr_static_id->operand[m].early_clobber | |
2128 || operand_reg[nop] == NULL_RTX | |
2129 || (find_regno_note (curr_insn, REG_DEAD, | |
2130 REGNO (op)) | |
2131 || REGNO (op) == REGNO (operand_reg[m]))) | |
2132 match_p = true; | |
2133 } | |
2134 if (match_p) | |
2135 { | |
2136 /* If we are matching a non-offsettable | |
2137 address where an offsettable address was | |
2138 expected, then we must reject this | |
2139 combination, because we can't reload | |
2140 it. */ | |
2141 if (curr_alt_offmemok[m] | |
2142 && MEM_P (*curr_id->operand_loc[m]) | |
2143 && curr_alt[m] == NO_REGS && ! curr_alt_win[m]) | |
2144 continue; | |
2145 } | |
2146 else | |
2147 { | |
2148 /* Operands don't match. Both operands must | |
2149 allow a reload register, otherwise we | |
2150 cannot make them match. */ | |
2151 if (curr_alt[m] == NO_REGS) | |
2152 break; | |
2153 /* Retroactively mark the operand we had to | |
2154 match as a loser, if it wasn't already and | |
2155 it wasn't matched to a register constraint | |
2156 (e.g it might be matched by memory). */ | |
2157 if (curr_alt_win[m] | |
2158 && (operand_reg[m] == NULL_RTX | |
2159 || hard_regno[m] < 0)) | |
2160 { | |
2161 losers++; | |
2162 reload_nregs | |
2163 += (ira_reg_class_max_nregs[curr_alt[m]] | |
2164 [GET_MODE (*curr_id->operand_loc[m])]); | |
2165 } | |
2166 | |
2167 /* Prefer matching earlyclobber alternative as | |
2168 it results in less hard regs required for | |
2169 the insn than a non-matching earlyclobber | |
2170 alternative. */ | |
2171 if (curr_static_id->operand[m].early_clobber) | |
2172 { | |
2173 if (lra_dump_file != NULL) | |
2174 fprintf | |
2175 (lra_dump_file, | |
2176 " %d Matching earlyclobber alt:" | |
2177 " reject--\n", | |
2178 nop); | |
2179 reject--; | |
2180 } | |
2181 /* Otherwise we prefer no matching | |
2182 alternatives because it gives more freedom | |
2183 in RA. */ | |
2184 else if (operand_reg[nop] == NULL_RTX | |
2185 || (find_regno_note (curr_insn, REG_DEAD, | |
2186 REGNO (operand_reg[nop])) | |
2187 == NULL_RTX)) | |
2188 { | |
2189 if (lra_dump_file != NULL) | |
2190 fprintf | |
2191 (lra_dump_file, | |
2192 " %d Matching alt: reject+=2\n", | |
2193 nop); | |
2194 reject += 2; | |
2195 } | |
2196 } | |
2197 /* If we have to reload this operand and some | |
2198 previous operand also had to match the same | |
2199 thing as this operand, we don't know how to do | |
2200 that. */ | |
2201 if (!match_p || !curr_alt_win[m]) | |
2202 { | |
2203 for (i = 0; i < nop; i++) | |
2204 if (curr_alt_matches[i] == m) | |
2205 break; | |
2206 if (i < nop) | |
2207 break; | |
2208 } | |
2209 else | |
2210 did_match = true; | |
2211 | |
2212 /* This can be fixed with reloads if the operand | |
2213 we are supposed to match can be fixed with | |
2214 reloads. */ | |
2215 badop = false; | |
2216 this_alternative = curr_alt[m]; | |
2217 COPY_HARD_REG_SET (this_alternative_set, curr_alt_set[m]); | |
2218 winreg = this_alternative != NO_REGS; | |
2219 break; | |
2220 } | |
2221 | |
2222 case 'g': | |
2223 if (MEM_P (op) | |
2224 || general_constant_p (op) | |
2225 || spilled_pseudo_p (op)) | |
2226 win = true; | |
2227 cl = GENERAL_REGS; | |
2228 goto reg; | |
2229 | |
2230 default: | |
2231 cn = lookup_constraint (p); | |
2232 switch (get_constraint_type (cn)) | |
2233 { | |
2234 case CT_REGISTER: | |
2235 cl = reg_class_for_constraint (cn); | |
2236 if (cl != NO_REGS) | |
2237 goto reg; | |
2238 break; | |
2239 | |
2240 case CT_CONST_INT: | |
2241 if (CONST_INT_P (op) | |
2242 && insn_const_int_ok_for_constraint (INTVAL (op), cn)) | |
2243 win = true; | |
2244 break; | |
2245 | |
2246 case CT_MEMORY: | |
2247 if (MEM_P (op) | |
2248 && satisfies_memory_constraint_p (op, cn)) | |
2249 win = true; | |
2250 else if (spilled_pseudo_p (op)) | |
2251 win = true; | |
2252 | |
2253 /* If we didn't already win, we can reload constants | |
2254 via force_const_mem or put the pseudo value into | |
2255 memory, or make other memory by reloading the | |
2256 address like for 'o'. */ | |
2257 if (CONST_POOL_OK_P (mode, op) | |
2258 || MEM_P (op) || REG_P (op) | |
2259 /* We can restore the equiv insn by a | |
2260 reload. */ | |
2261 || equiv_substition_p[nop]) | |
2262 badop = false; | |
2263 constmemok = true; | |
2264 offmemok = true; | |
2265 break; | |
2266 | |
2267 case CT_ADDRESS: | |
2268 /* If we didn't already win, we can reload the address | |
2269 into a base register. */ | |
2270 if (satisfies_address_constraint_p (op, cn)) | |
2271 win = true; | |
2272 cl = base_reg_class (VOIDmode, ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC, | |
2273 ADDRESS, SCRATCH); | |
2274 badop = false; | |
2275 goto reg; | |
2276 | |
2277 case CT_FIXED_FORM: | |
2278 if (constraint_satisfied_p (op, cn)) | |
2279 win = true; | |
2280 break; | |
2281 | |
2282 case CT_SPECIAL_MEMORY: | |
2283 if (MEM_P (op) | |
2284 && satisfies_memory_constraint_p (op, cn)) | |
2285 win = true; | |
2286 else if (spilled_pseudo_p (op)) | |
2287 win = true; | |
2288 break; | |
2289 } | |
2290 break; | |
2291 | |
2292 reg: | |
2293 this_alternative = reg_class_subunion[this_alternative][cl]; | |
2294 IOR_HARD_REG_SET (this_alternative_set, | |
2295 reg_class_contents[cl]); | |
2296 if (costly_p) | |
2297 { | |
2298 this_costly_alternative | |
2299 = reg_class_subunion[this_costly_alternative][cl]; | |
2300 IOR_HARD_REG_SET (this_costly_alternative_set, | |
2301 reg_class_contents[cl]); | |
2302 } | |
2303 if (mode == BLKmode) | |
2304 break; | |
2305 winreg = true; | |
2306 if (REG_P (op)) | |
2307 { | |
2308 if (hard_regno[nop] >= 0 | |
2309 && in_hard_reg_set_p (this_alternative_set, | |
2310 mode, hard_regno[nop])) | |
2311 win = true; | |
2312 else if (hard_regno[nop] < 0 | |
2313 && in_class_p (op, this_alternative, NULL)) | |
2314 win = true; | |
2315 } | |
2316 break; | |
2317 } | |
2318 if (c != ' ' && c != '\t') | |
2319 costly_p = c == '*'; | |
2320 } | |
2321 while ((p += len), c); | |
2322 | |
2323 scratch_p = (operand_reg[nop] != NULL_RTX | |
2324 && lra_former_scratch_p (REGNO (operand_reg[nop]))); | |
2325 /* Record which operands fit this alternative. */ | |
2326 if (win) | |
2327 { | |
2328 this_alternative_win = true; | |
2329 if (operand_reg[nop] != NULL_RTX) | |
2330 { | |
2331 if (hard_regno[nop] >= 0) | |
2332 { | |
2333 if (in_hard_reg_set_p (this_costly_alternative_set, | |
2334 mode, hard_regno[nop])) | |
2335 { | |
2336 if (lra_dump_file != NULL) | |
2337 fprintf (lra_dump_file, | |
2338 " %d Costly set: reject++\n", | |
2339 nop); | |
2340 reject++; | |
2341 } | |
2342 } | |
2343 else | |
2344 { | |
2345 /* Prefer won reg to spilled pseudo under other | |
2346 equal conditions for possibe inheritance. */ | |
2347 if (! scratch_p) | |
2348 { | |
2349 if (lra_dump_file != NULL) | |
2350 fprintf | |
2351 (lra_dump_file, | |
2352 " %d Non pseudo reload: reject++\n", | |
2353 nop); | |
2354 reject++; | |
2355 } | |
2356 if (in_class_p (operand_reg[nop], | |
2357 this_costly_alternative, NULL)) | |
2358 { | |
2359 if (lra_dump_file != NULL) | |
2360 fprintf | |
2361 (lra_dump_file, | |
2362 " %d Non pseudo costly reload:" | |
2363 " reject++\n", | |
2364 nop); | |
2365 reject++; | |
2366 } | |
2367 } | |
2368 /* We simulate the behavior of old reload here. | |
2369 Although scratches need hard registers and it | |
2370 might result in spilling other pseudos, no reload | |
2371 insns are generated for the scratches. So it | |
2372 might cost something but probably less than old | |
2373 reload pass believes. */ | |
2374 if (scratch_p) | |
2375 { | |
2376 if (lra_dump_file != NULL) | |
2377 fprintf (lra_dump_file, | |
2378 " %d Scratch win: reject+=2\n", | |
2379 nop); | |
2380 reject += 2; | |
2381 } | |
2382 } | |
2383 } | |
2384 else if (did_match) | |
2385 this_alternative_match_win = true; | |
2386 else | |
2387 { | |
2388 int const_to_mem = 0; | |
2389 bool no_regs_p; | |
2390 | |
2391 reject += op_reject; | |
2392 /* Never do output reload of stack pointer. It makes | |
2393 impossible to do elimination when SP is changed in | |
2394 RTL. */ | |
2395 if (op == stack_pointer_rtx && ! frame_pointer_needed | |
2396 && curr_static_id->operand[nop].type != OP_IN) | |
2397 goto fail; | |
2398 | |
2399 /* If this alternative asks for a specific reg class, see if there | |
2400 is at least one allocatable register in that class. */ | |
2401 no_regs_p | |
2402 = (this_alternative == NO_REGS | |
2403 || (hard_reg_set_subset_p | |
2404 (reg_class_contents[this_alternative], | |
2405 lra_no_alloc_regs))); | |
2406 | |
2407 /* For asms, verify that the class for this alternative is possible | |
2408 for the mode that is specified. */ | |
2409 if (!no_regs_p && INSN_CODE (curr_insn) < 0) | |
2410 { | |
2411 int i; | |
2412 for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++) | |
2413 if (targetm.hard_regno_mode_ok (i, mode) | |
2414 && in_hard_reg_set_p (reg_class_contents[this_alternative], | |
2415 mode, i)) | |
2416 break; | |
2417 if (i == FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
2418 winreg = false; | |
2419 } | |
2420 | |
2421 /* If this operand accepts a register, and if the | |
2422 register class has at least one allocatable register, | |
2423 then this operand can be reloaded. */ | |
2424 if (winreg && !no_regs_p) | |
2425 badop = false; | |
2426 | |
2427 if (badop) | |
2428 { | |
2429 if (lra_dump_file != NULL) | |
2430 fprintf (lra_dump_file, | |
2431 " alt=%d: Bad operand -- refuse\n", | |
2432 nalt); | |
2433 goto fail; | |
2434 } | |
2435 | |
2436 if (this_alternative != NO_REGS) | |
2437 { | |
2438 HARD_REG_SET available_regs; | |
2439 | |
2440 COPY_HARD_REG_SET (available_regs, | |
2441 reg_class_contents[this_alternative]); | |
2442 AND_COMPL_HARD_REG_SET | |
2443 (available_regs, | |
2444 ira_prohibited_class_mode_regs[this_alternative][mode]); | |
2445 AND_COMPL_HARD_REG_SET (available_regs, lra_no_alloc_regs); | |
2446 if (hard_reg_set_empty_p (available_regs)) | |
2447 { | |
2448 /* There are no hard regs holding a value of given | |
2449 mode. */ | |
2450 if (offmemok) | |
2451 { | |
2452 this_alternative = NO_REGS; | |
2453 if (lra_dump_file != NULL) | |
2454 fprintf (lra_dump_file, | |
2455 " %d Using memory because of" | |
2456 " a bad mode: reject+=2\n", | |
2457 nop); | |
2458 reject += 2; | |
2459 } | |
2460 else | |
2461 { | |
2462 if (lra_dump_file != NULL) | |
2463 fprintf (lra_dump_file, | |
2464 " alt=%d: Wrong mode -- refuse\n", | |
2465 nalt); | |
2466 goto fail; | |
2467 } | |
2468 } | |
2469 } | |
2470 | |
2471 /* If not assigned pseudo has a class which a subset of | |
2472 required reg class, it is a less costly alternative | |
2473 as the pseudo still can get a hard reg of necessary | |
2474 class. */ | |
2475 if (! no_regs_p && REG_P (op) && hard_regno[nop] < 0 | |
2476 && (cl = get_reg_class (REGNO (op))) != NO_REGS | |
2477 && ira_class_subset_p[this_alternative][cl]) | |
2478 { | |
2479 if (lra_dump_file != NULL) | |
2480 fprintf | |
2481 (lra_dump_file, | |
2482 " %d Super set class reg: reject-=3\n", nop); | |
2483 reject -= 3; | |
2484 } | |
2485 | |
2486 this_alternative_offmemok = offmemok; | |
2487 if (this_costly_alternative != NO_REGS) | |
2488 { | |
2489 if (lra_dump_file != NULL) | |
2490 fprintf (lra_dump_file, | |
2491 " %d Costly loser: reject++\n", nop); | |
2492 reject++; | |
2493 } | |
2494 /* If the operand is dying, has a matching constraint, | |
2495 and satisfies constraints of the matched operand | |
2496 which failed to satisfy the own constraints, most probably | |
2497 the reload for this operand will be gone. */ | |
2498 if (this_alternative_matches >= 0 | |
2499 && !curr_alt_win[this_alternative_matches] | |
2500 && REG_P (op) | |
2501 && find_regno_note (curr_insn, REG_DEAD, REGNO (op)) | |
2502 && (hard_regno[nop] >= 0 | |
2503 ? in_hard_reg_set_p (this_alternative_set, | |
2504 mode, hard_regno[nop]) | |
2505 : in_class_p (op, this_alternative, NULL))) | |
2506 { | |
2507 if (lra_dump_file != NULL) | |
2508 fprintf | |
2509 (lra_dump_file, | |
2510 " %d Dying matched operand reload: reject++\n", | |
2511 nop); | |
2512 reject++; | |
2513 } | |
2514 else | |
2515 { | |
2516 /* Strict_low_part requires to reload the register | |
2517 not the sub-register. In this case we should | |
2518 check that a final reload hard reg can hold the | |
2519 value mode. */ | |
2520 if (curr_static_id->operand[nop].strict_low | |
2521 && REG_P (op) | |
2522 && hard_regno[nop] < 0 | |
2523 && GET_CODE (*curr_id->operand_loc[nop]) == SUBREG | |
2524 && ira_class_hard_regs_num[this_alternative] > 0 | |
2525 && (!targetm.hard_regno_mode_ok | |
2526 (ira_class_hard_regs[this_alternative][0], | |
2527 GET_MODE (*curr_id->operand_loc[nop])))) | |
2528 { | |
2529 if (lra_dump_file != NULL) | |
2530 fprintf | |
2531 (lra_dump_file, | |
2532 " alt=%d: Strict low subreg reload -- refuse\n", | |
2533 nalt); | |
2534 goto fail; | |
2535 } | |
2536 losers++; | |
2537 } | |
2538 if (operand_reg[nop] != NULL_RTX | |
2539 /* Output operands and matched input operands are | |
2540 not inherited. The following conditions do not | |
2541 exactly describe the previous statement but they | |
2542 are pretty close. */ | |
2543 && curr_static_id->operand[nop].type != OP_OUT | |
2544 && (this_alternative_matches < 0 | |
2545 || curr_static_id->operand[nop].type != OP_IN)) | |
2546 { | |
2547 int last_reload = (lra_reg_info[ORIGINAL_REGNO | |
2548 (operand_reg[nop])] | |
2549 .last_reload); | |
2550 | |
2551 /* The value of reload_sum has sense only if we | |
2552 process insns in their order. It happens only on | |
2553 the first constraints sub-pass when we do most of | |
2554 reload work. */ | |
2555 if (lra_constraint_iter == 1 && last_reload > bb_reload_num) | |
2556 reload_sum += last_reload - bb_reload_num; | |
2557 } | |
2558 /* If this is a constant that is reloaded into the | |
2559 desired class by copying it to memory first, count | |
2560 that as another reload. This is consistent with | |
2561 other code and is required to avoid choosing another | |
2562 alternative when the constant is moved into memory. | |
2563 Note that the test here is precisely the same as in | |
2564 the code below that calls force_const_mem. */ | |
2565 if (CONST_POOL_OK_P (mode, op) | |
2566 && ((targetm.preferred_reload_class | |
2567 (op, this_alternative) == NO_REGS) | |
2568 || no_input_reloads_p)) | |
2569 { | |
2570 const_to_mem = 1; | |
2571 if (! no_regs_p) | |
2572 losers++; | |
2573 } | |
2574 | |
2575 /* Alternative loses if it requires a type of reload not | |
2576 permitted for this insn. We can always reload | |
2577 objects with a REG_UNUSED note. */ | |
2578 if ((curr_static_id->operand[nop].type != OP_IN | |
2579 && no_output_reloads_p | |
2580 && ! find_reg_note (curr_insn, REG_UNUSED, op)) | |
2581 || (curr_static_id->operand[nop].type != OP_OUT | |
2582 && no_input_reloads_p && ! const_to_mem) | |
2583 || (this_alternative_matches >= 0 | |
2584 && (no_input_reloads_p | |
2585 || (no_output_reloads_p | |
2586 && (curr_static_id->operand | |
2587 [this_alternative_matches].type != OP_IN) | |
2588 && ! find_reg_note (curr_insn, REG_UNUSED, | |
2589 no_subreg_reg_operand | |
2590 [this_alternative_matches]))))) | |
2591 { | |
2592 if (lra_dump_file != NULL) | |
2593 fprintf | |
2594 (lra_dump_file, | |
2595 " alt=%d: No input/otput reload -- refuse\n", | |
2596 nalt); | |
2597 goto fail; | |
2598 } | |
2599 | |
2600 /* Alternative loses if it required class pseudo can not | |
2601 hold value of required mode. Such insns can be | |
2602 described by insn definitions with mode iterators. */ | |
2603 if (GET_MODE (*curr_id->operand_loc[nop]) != VOIDmode | |
2604 && ! hard_reg_set_empty_p (this_alternative_set) | |
2605 /* It is common practice for constraints to use a | |
2606 class which does not have actually enough regs to | |
2607 hold the value (e.g. x86 AREG for mode requiring | |
2608 more one general reg). Therefore we have 2 | |
2609 conditions to check that the reload pseudo can | |
2610 not hold the mode value. */ | |
2611 && (!targetm.hard_regno_mode_ok | |
2612 (ira_class_hard_regs[this_alternative][0], | |
2613 GET_MODE (*curr_id->operand_loc[nop]))) | |
2614 /* The above condition is not enough as the first | |
2615 reg in ira_class_hard_regs can be not aligned for | |
2616 multi-words mode values. */ | |
2617 && (prohibited_class_reg_set_mode_p | |
2618 (this_alternative, this_alternative_set, | |
2619 GET_MODE (*curr_id->operand_loc[nop])))) | |
2620 { | |
2621 if (lra_dump_file != NULL) | |
2622 fprintf (lra_dump_file, | |
2623 " alt=%d: reload pseudo for op %d " | |
2624 " can not hold the mode value -- refuse\n", | |
2625 nalt, nop); | |
2626 goto fail; | |
2627 } | |
2628 | |
2629 /* Check strong discouragement of reload of non-constant | |
2630 into class THIS_ALTERNATIVE. */ | |
2631 if (! CONSTANT_P (op) && ! no_regs_p | |
2632 && (targetm.preferred_reload_class | |
2633 (op, this_alternative) == NO_REGS | |
2634 || (curr_static_id->operand[nop].type == OP_OUT | |
2635 && (targetm.preferred_output_reload_class | |
2636 (op, this_alternative) == NO_REGS)))) | |
2637 { | |
2638 if (lra_dump_file != NULL) | |
2639 fprintf (lra_dump_file, | |
2640 " %d Non-prefered reload: reject+=%d\n", | |
2641 nop, LRA_MAX_REJECT); | |
2642 reject += LRA_MAX_REJECT; | |
2643 } | |
2644 | |
2645 if (! (MEM_P (op) && offmemok) | |
2646 && ! (const_to_mem && constmemok)) | |
2647 { | |
2648 /* We prefer to reload pseudos over reloading other | |
2649 things, since such reloads may be able to be | |
2650 eliminated later. So bump REJECT in other cases. | |
2651 Don't do this in the case where we are forcing a | |
2652 constant into memory and it will then win since | |
2653 we don't want to have a different alternative | |
2654 match then. */ | |
2655 if (! (REG_P (op) && REGNO (op) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)) | |
2656 { | |
2657 if (lra_dump_file != NULL) | |
2658 fprintf | |
2659 (lra_dump_file, | |
2660 " %d Non-pseudo reload: reject+=2\n", | |
2661 nop); | |
2662 reject += 2; | |
2663 } | |
2664 | |
2665 if (! no_regs_p) | |
2666 reload_nregs | |
2667 += ira_reg_class_max_nregs[this_alternative][mode]; | |
2668 | |
2669 if (SMALL_REGISTER_CLASS_P (this_alternative)) | |
2670 { | |
2671 if (lra_dump_file != NULL) | |
2672 fprintf | |
2673 (lra_dump_file, | |
2674 " %d Small class reload: reject+=%d\n", | |
2675 nop, LRA_LOSER_COST_FACTOR / 2); | |
2676 reject += LRA_LOSER_COST_FACTOR / 2; | |
2677 } | |
2678 } | |
2679 | |
2680 /* We are trying to spill pseudo into memory. It is | |
2681 usually more costly than moving to a hard register | |
2682 although it might takes the same number of | |
2683 reloads. | |
2684 | |
2685 Non-pseudo spill may happen also. Suppose a target allows both | |
2686 register and memory in the operand constraint alternatives, | |
2687 then it's typical that an eliminable register has a substition | |
2688 of "base + offset" which can either be reloaded by a simple | |
2689 "new_reg <= base + offset" which will match the register | |
2690 constraint, or a similar reg addition followed by further spill | |
2691 to and reload from memory which will match the memory | |
2692 constraint, but this memory spill will be much more costly | |
2693 usually. | |
2694 | |
2695 Code below increases the reject for both pseudo and non-pseudo | |
2696 spill. */ | |
2697 if (no_regs_p | |
2698 && !(MEM_P (op) && offmemok) | |
2699 && !(REG_P (op) && hard_regno[nop] < 0)) | |
2700 { | |
2701 if (lra_dump_file != NULL) | |
2702 fprintf | |
2703 (lra_dump_file, | |
2704 " %d Spill %spseudo into memory: reject+=3\n", | |
2705 nop, REG_P (op) ? "" : "Non-"); | |
2706 reject += 3; | |
2707 if (VECTOR_MODE_P (mode)) | |
2708 { | |
2709 /* Spilling vectors into memory is usually more | |
2710 costly as they contain big values. */ | |
2711 if (lra_dump_file != NULL) | |
2712 fprintf | |
2713 (lra_dump_file, | |
2714 " %d Spill vector pseudo: reject+=2\n", | |
2715 nop); | |
2716 reject += 2; | |
2717 } | |
2718 } | |
2719 | |
2720 /* When we use an operand requiring memory in given | |
2721 alternative, the insn should write *and* read the | |
2722 value to/from memory it is costly in comparison with | |
2723 an insn alternative which does not use memory | |
2724 (e.g. register or immediate operand). We exclude | |
2725 memory operand for such case as we can satisfy the | |
2726 memory constraints by reloading address. */ | |
2727 if (no_regs_p && offmemok && !MEM_P (op)) | |
2728 { | |
2729 if (lra_dump_file != NULL) | |
2730 fprintf | |
2731 (lra_dump_file, | |
2732 " Using memory insn operand %d: reject+=3\n", | |
2733 nop); | |
2734 reject += 3; | |
2735 } | |
2736 | |
2737 /* If reload requires moving value through secondary | |
2738 memory, it will need one more insn at least. */ | |
2739 if (this_alternative != NO_REGS | |
2740 && REG_P (op) && (cl = get_reg_class (REGNO (op))) != NO_REGS | |
2741 && ((curr_static_id->operand[nop].type != OP_OUT | |
2742 && targetm.secondary_memory_needed (GET_MODE (op), cl, | |
2743 this_alternative)) | |
2744 || (curr_static_id->operand[nop].type != OP_IN | |
2745 && (targetm.secondary_memory_needed | |
2746 (GET_MODE (op), this_alternative, cl))))) | |
2747 losers++; | |
2748 | |
2749 /* Input reloads can be inherited more often than output | |
2750 reloads can be removed, so penalize output | |
2751 reloads. */ | |
2752 if (!REG_P (op) || curr_static_id->operand[nop].type != OP_IN) | |
2753 { | |
2754 if (lra_dump_file != NULL) | |
2755 fprintf | |
2756 (lra_dump_file, | |
2757 " %d Non input pseudo reload: reject++\n", | |
2758 nop); | |
2759 reject++; | |
2760 } | |
2761 | |
2762 if (MEM_P (op) && offmemok) | |
2763 addr_losers++; | |
2764 else if (curr_static_id->operand[nop].type == OP_INOUT) | |
2765 { | |
2766 if (lra_dump_file != NULL) | |
2767 fprintf | |
2768 (lra_dump_file, | |
2769 " %d Input/Output reload: reject+=%d\n", | |
2770 nop, LRA_LOSER_COST_FACTOR); | |
2771 reject += LRA_LOSER_COST_FACTOR; | |
2772 } | |
2773 } | |
2774 | |
2775 if (early_clobber_p && ! scratch_p) | |
2776 { | |
2777 if (lra_dump_file != NULL) | |
2778 fprintf (lra_dump_file, | |
2779 " %d Early clobber: reject++\n", nop); | |
2780 reject++; | |
2781 } | |
2782 /* ??? We check early clobbers after processing all operands | |
2783 (see loop below) and there we update the costs more. | |
2784 Should we update the cost (may be approximately) here | |
2785 because of early clobber register reloads or it is a rare | |
2786 or non-important thing to be worth to do it. */ | |
2787 overall = (losers * LRA_LOSER_COST_FACTOR + reject | |
2788 - (addr_losers == losers ? static_reject : 0)); | |
2789 if ((best_losers == 0 || losers != 0) && best_overall < overall) | |
2790 { | |
2791 if (lra_dump_file != NULL) | |
2792 fprintf (lra_dump_file, | |
2793 " alt=%d,overall=%d,losers=%d -- refuse\n", | |
2794 nalt, overall, losers); | |
2795 goto fail; | |
2796 } | |
2797 | |
2798 if (update_and_check_small_class_inputs (nop, this_alternative)) | |
2799 { | |
2800 if (lra_dump_file != NULL) | |
2801 fprintf (lra_dump_file, | |
2802 " alt=%d, not enough small class regs -- refuse\n", | |
2803 nalt); | |
2804 goto fail; | |
2805 } | |
2806 curr_alt[nop] = this_alternative; | |
2807 COPY_HARD_REG_SET (curr_alt_set[nop], this_alternative_set); | |
2808 curr_alt_win[nop] = this_alternative_win; | |
2809 curr_alt_match_win[nop] = this_alternative_match_win; | |
2810 curr_alt_offmemok[nop] = this_alternative_offmemok; | |
2811 curr_alt_matches[nop] = this_alternative_matches; | |
2812 | |
2813 if (this_alternative_matches >= 0 | |
2814 && !did_match && !this_alternative_win) | |
2815 curr_alt_win[this_alternative_matches] = false; | |
2816 | |
2817 if (early_clobber_p && operand_reg[nop] != NULL_RTX) | |
2818 early_clobbered_nops[early_clobbered_regs_num++] = nop; | |
2819 } | |
2820 | |
2821 if (curr_insn_set != NULL_RTX && n_operands == 2 | |
2822 /* Prevent processing non-move insns. */ | |
2823 && (GET_CODE (SET_SRC (curr_insn_set)) == SUBREG | |
2824 || SET_SRC (curr_insn_set) == no_subreg_reg_operand[1]) | |
2825 && ((! curr_alt_win[0] && ! curr_alt_win[1] | |
2826 && REG_P (no_subreg_reg_operand[0]) | |
2827 && REG_P (no_subreg_reg_operand[1]) | |
2828 && (reg_in_class_p (no_subreg_reg_operand[0], curr_alt[1]) | |
2829 || reg_in_class_p (no_subreg_reg_operand[1], curr_alt[0]))) | |
2830 || (! curr_alt_win[0] && curr_alt_win[1] | |
2831 && REG_P (no_subreg_reg_operand[1]) | |
2832 /* Check that we reload memory not the memory | |
2833 address. */ | |
2834 && ! (curr_alt_offmemok[0] | |
2835 && MEM_P (no_subreg_reg_operand[0])) | |
2836 && reg_in_class_p (no_subreg_reg_operand[1], curr_alt[0])) | |
2837 || (curr_alt_win[0] && ! curr_alt_win[1] | |
2838 && REG_P (no_subreg_reg_operand[0]) | |
2839 /* Check that we reload memory not the memory | |
2840 address. */ | |
2841 && ! (curr_alt_offmemok[1] | |
2842 && MEM_P (no_subreg_reg_operand[1])) | |
2843 && reg_in_class_p (no_subreg_reg_operand[0], curr_alt[1]) | |
2844 && (! CONST_POOL_OK_P (curr_operand_mode[1], | |
2845 no_subreg_reg_operand[1]) | |
2846 || (targetm.preferred_reload_class | |
2847 (no_subreg_reg_operand[1], | |
2848 (enum reg_class) curr_alt[1]) != NO_REGS)) | |
2849 /* If it is a result of recent elimination in move | |
2850 insn we can transform it into an add still by | |
2851 using this alternative. */ | |
2852 && GET_CODE (no_subreg_reg_operand[1]) != PLUS))) | |
2853 { | |
2854 /* We have a move insn and a new reload insn will be similar | |
2855 to the current insn. We should avoid such situation as | |
2856 it results in LRA cycling. */ | |
2857 if (lra_dump_file != NULL) | |
2858 fprintf (lra_dump_file, | |
2859 " Cycle danger: overall += LRA_MAX_REJECT\n"); | |
2860 overall += LRA_MAX_REJECT; | |
2861 } | |
2862 ok_p = true; | |
2863 curr_alt_dont_inherit_ops_num = 0; | |
2864 for (nop = 0; nop < early_clobbered_regs_num; nop++) | |
2865 { | |
2866 int i, j, clobbered_hard_regno, first_conflict_j, last_conflict_j; | |
2867 HARD_REG_SET temp_set; | |
2868 | |
2869 i = early_clobbered_nops[nop]; | |
2870 if ((! curr_alt_win[i] && ! curr_alt_match_win[i]) | |
2871 || hard_regno[i] < 0) | |
2872 continue; | |
2873 lra_assert (operand_reg[i] != NULL_RTX); | |
2874 clobbered_hard_regno = hard_regno[i]; | |
2875 CLEAR_HARD_REG_SET (temp_set); | |
2876 add_to_hard_reg_set (&temp_set, biggest_mode[i], clobbered_hard_regno); | |
2877 first_conflict_j = last_conflict_j = -1; | |
2878 for (j = 0; j < n_operands; j++) | |
2879 if (j == i | |
2880 /* We don't want process insides of match_operator and | |
2881 match_parallel because otherwise we would process | |
2882 their operands once again generating a wrong | |
2883 code. */ | |
2884 || curr_static_id->operand[j].is_operator) | |
2885 continue; | |
2886 else if ((curr_alt_matches[j] == i && curr_alt_match_win[j]) | |
2887 || (curr_alt_matches[i] == j && curr_alt_match_win[i])) | |
2888 continue; | |
2889 /* If we don't reload j-th operand, check conflicts. */ | |
2890 else if ((curr_alt_win[j] || curr_alt_match_win[j]) | |
2891 && uses_hard_regs_p (*curr_id->operand_loc[j], temp_set)) | |
2892 { | |
2893 if (first_conflict_j < 0) | |
2894 first_conflict_j = j; | |
2895 last_conflict_j = j; | |
2896 } | |
2897 if (last_conflict_j < 0) | |
2898 continue; | |
2899 /* If earlyclobber operand conflicts with another | |
2900 non-matching operand which is actually the same register | |
2901 as the earlyclobber operand, it is better to reload the | |
2902 another operand as an operand matching the earlyclobber | |
2903 operand can be also the same. */ | |
2904 if (first_conflict_j == last_conflict_j | |
2905 && operand_reg[last_conflict_j] != NULL_RTX | |
2906 && ! curr_alt_match_win[last_conflict_j] | |
2907 && REGNO (operand_reg[i]) == REGNO (operand_reg[last_conflict_j])) | |
2908 { | |
2909 curr_alt_win[last_conflict_j] = false; | |
2910 curr_alt_dont_inherit_ops[curr_alt_dont_inherit_ops_num++] | |
2911 = last_conflict_j; | |
2912 losers++; | |
2913 /* Early clobber was already reflected in REJECT. */ | |
2914 lra_assert (reject > 0); | |
2915 if (lra_dump_file != NULL) | |
2916 fprintf | |
2917 (lra_dump_file, | |
2918 " %d Conflict early clobber reload: reject--\n", | |
2919 i); | |
2920 reject--; | |
2921 overall += LRA_LOSER_COST_FACTOR - 1; | |
2922 } | |
2923 else | |
2924 { | |
2925 /* We need to reload early clobbered register and the | |
2926 matched registers. */ | |
2927 for (j = 0; j < n_operands; j++) | |
2928 if (curr_alt_matches[j] == i) | |
2929 { | |
2930 curr_alt_match_win[j] = false; | |
2931 losers++; | |
2932 overall += LRA_LOSER_COST_FACTOR; | |
2933 } | |
2934 if (! curr_alt_match_win[i]) | |
2935 curr_alt_dont_inherit_ops[curr_alt_dont_inherit_ops_num++] = i; | |
2936 else | |
2937 { | |
2938 /* Remember pseudos used for match reloads are never | |
2939 inherited. */ | |
2940 lra_assert (curr_alt_matches[i] >= 0); | |
2941 curr_alt_win[curr_alt_matches[i]] = false; | |
2942 } | |
2943 curr_alt_win[i] = curr_alt_match_win[i] = false; | |
2944 losers++; | |
2945 /* Early clobber was already reflected in REJECT. */ | |
2946 lra_assert (reject > 0); | |
2947 if (lra_dump_file != NULL) | |
2948 fprintf | |
2949 (lra_dump_file, | |
2950 " %d Matched conflict early clobber reloads: " | |
2951 "reject--\n", | |
2952 i); | |
2953 reject--; | |
2954 overall += LRA_LOSER_COST_FACTOR - 1; | |
2955 } | |
2956 } | |
2957 if (lra_dump_file != NULL) | |
2958 fprintf (lra_dump_file, " alt=%d,overall=%d,losers=%d,rld_nregs=%d\n", | |
2959 nalt, overall, losers, reload_nregs); | |
2960 | |
2961 /* If this alternative can be made to work by reloading, and it | |
2962 needs less reloading than the others checked so far, record | |
2963 it as the chosen goal for reloading. */ | |
2964 if ((best_losers != 0 && losers == 0) | |
2965 || (((best_losers == 0 && losers == 0) | |
2966 || (best_losers != 0 && losers != 0)) | |
2967 && (best_overall > overall | |
2968 || (best_overall == overall | |
2969 /* If the cost of the reloads is the same, | |
2970 prefer alternative which requires minimal | |
2971 number of reload regs. */ | |
2972 && (reload_nregs < best_reload_nregs | |
2973 || (reload_nregs == best_reload_nregs | |
2974 && (best_reload_sum < reload_sum | |
2975 || (best_reload_sum == reload_sum | |
2976 && nalt < goal_alt_number)))))))) | |
2977 { | |
2978 for (nop = 0; nop < n_operands; nop++) | |
2979 { | |
2980 goal_alt_win[nop] = curr_alt_win[nop]; | |
2981 goal_alt_match_win[nop] = curr_alt_match_win[nop]; | |
2982 goal_alt_matches[nop] = curr_alt_matches[nop]; | |
2983 goal_alt[nop] = curr_alt[nop]; | |
2984 goal_alt_offmemok[nop] = curr_alt_offmemok[nop]; | |
2985 } | |
2986 goal_alt_dont_inherit_ops_num = curr_alt_dont_inherit_ops_num; | |
2987 for (nop = 0; nop < curr_alt_dont_inherit_ops_num; nop++) | |
2988 goal_alt_dont_inherit_ops[nop] = curr_alt_dont_inherit_ops[nop]; | |
2989 goal_alt_swapped = curr_swapped; | |
2990 best_overall = overall; | |
2991 best_losers = losers; | |
2992 best_reload_nregs = reload_nregs; | |
2993 best_reload_sum = reload_sum; | |
2994 goal_alt_number = nalt; | |
2995 } | |
2996 if (losers == 0) | |
2997 /* Everything is satisfied. Do not process alternatives | |
2998 anymore. */ | |
2999 break; | |
3000 fail: | |
3001 ; | |
3002 } | |
3003 return ok_p; | |
3004 } | |
3005 | |
3006 /* Make reload base reg from address AD. */ | |
3007 static rtx | |
3008 base_to_reg (struct address_info *ad) | |
3009 { | |
3010 enum reg_class cl; | |
3011 int code = -1; | |
3012 rtx new_inner = NULL_RTX; | |
3013 rtx new_reg = NULL_RTX; | |
3014 rtx_insn *insn; | |
3015 rtx_insn *last_insn = get_last_insn(); | |
3016 | |
3017 lra_assert (ad->disp == ad->disp_term); | |
3018 cl = base_reg_class (ad->mode, ad->as, ad->base_outer_code, | |
3019 get_index_code (ad)); | |
3020 new_reg = lra_create_new_reg (GET_MODE (*ad->base), NULL_RTX, | |
3021 cl, "base"); | |
3022 new_inner = simplify_gen_binary (PLUS, GET_MODE (new_reg), new_reg, | |
3023 ad->disp_term == NULL | |
3024 ? const0_rtx | |
3025 : *ad->disp_term); | |
3026 if (!valid_address_p (ad->mode, new_inner, ad->as)) | |
3027 return NULL_RTX; | |
3028 insn = emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (new_reg, *ad->base)); | |
3029 code = recog_memoized (insn); | |
3030 if (code < 0) | |
3031 { | |
3032 delete_insns_since (last_insn); | |
3033 return NULL_RTX; | |
3034 } | |
3035 | |
3036 return new_inner; | |
3037 } | |
3038 | |
3039 /* Make reload base reg + disp from address AD. Return the new pseudo. */ | |
3040 static rtx | |
3041 base_plus_disp_to_reg (struct address_info *ad) | |
3042 { | |
3043 enum reg_class cl; | |
3044 rtx new_reg; | |
3045 | |
3046 lra_assert (ad->base == ad->base_term && ad->disp == ad->disp_term); | |
3047 cl = base_reg_class (ad->mode, ad->as, ad->base_outer_code, | |
3048 get_index_code (ad)); | |
3049 new_reg = lra_create_new_reg (GET_MODE (*ad->base_term), NULL_RTX, | |
3050 cl, "base + disp"); | |
3051 lra_emit_add (new_reg, *ad->base_term, *ad->disp_term); | |
3052 return new_reg; | |
3053 } | |
3054 | |
3055 /* Make reload of index part of address AD. Return the new | |
3056 pseudo. */ | |
3057 static rtx | |
3058 index_part_to_reg (struct address_info *ad) | |
3059 { | |
3060 rtx new_reg; | |
3061 | |
3062 new_reg = lra_create_new_reg (GET_MODE (*ad->index), NULL_RTX, | |
3063 INDEX_REG_CLASS, "index term"); | |
3064 expand_mult (GET_MODE (*ad->index), *ad->index_term, | |
3065 GEN_INT (get_index_scale (ad)), new_reg, 1); | |
3066 return new_reg; | |
3067 } | |
3068 | |
3069 /* Return true if we can add a displacement to address AD, even if that | |
3070 makes the address invalid. The fix-up code requires any new address | |
3071 to be the sum of the BASE_TERM, INDEX and DISP_TERM fields. */ | |
3072 static bool | |
3073 can_add_disp_p (struct address_info *ad) | |
3074 { | |
3075 return (!ad->autoinc_p | |
3076 && ad->segment == NULL | |
3077 && ad->base == ad->base_term | |
3078 && ad->disp == ad->disp_term); | |
3079 } | |
3080 | |
3081 /* Make equiv substitution in address AD. Return true if a substitution | |
3082 was made. */ | |
3083 static bool | |
3084 equiv_address_substitution (struct address_info *ad) | |
3085 { | |
3086 rtx base_reg, new_base_reg, index_reg, new_index_reg, *base_term, *index_term; | |
3087 HOST_WIDE_INT disp, scale; | |
3088 bool change_p; | |
3089 | |
3090 base_term = strip_subreg (ad->base_term); | |
3091 if (base_term == NULL) | |
3092 base_reg = new_base_reg = NULL_RTX; | |
3093 else | |
3094 { | |
3095 base_reg = *base_term; | |
3096 new_base_reg = get_equiv_with_elimination (base_reg, curr_insn); | |
3097 } | |
3098 index_term = strip_subreg (ad->index_term); | |
3099 if (index_term == NULL) | |
3100 index_reg = new_index_reg = NULL_RTX; | |
3101 else | |
3102 { | |
3103 index_reg = *index_term; | |
3104 new_index_reg = get_equiv_with_elimination (index_reg, curr_insn); | |
3105 } | |
3106 if (base_reg == new_base_reg && index_reg == new_index_reg) | |
3107 return false; | |
3108 disp = 0; | |
3109 change_p = false; | |
3110 if (lra_dump_file != NULL) | |
3111 { | |
3112 fprintf (lra_dump_file, "Changing address in insn %d ", | |
3113 INSN_UID (curr_insn)); | |
3114 dump_value_slim (lra_dump_file, *ad->outer, 1); | |
3115 } | |
3116 if (base_reg != new_base_reg) | |
3117 { | |
3118 if (REG_P (new_base_reg)) | |
3119 { | |
3120 *base_term = new_base_reg; | |
3121 change_p = true; | |
3122 } | |
3123 else if (GET_CODE (new_base_reg) == PLUS | |
3124 && REG_P (XEXP (new_base_reg, 0)) | |
3125 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (new_base_reg, 1)) | |
3126 && can_add_disp_p (ad)) | |
3127 { | |
3128 disp += INTVAL (XEXP (new_base_reg, 1)); | |
3129 *base_term = XEXP (new_base_reg, 0); | |
3130 change_p = true; | |
3131 } | |
3132 if (ad->base_term2 != NULL) | |
3133 *ad->base_term2 = *ad->base_term; | |
3134 } | |
3135 if (index_reg != new_index_reg) | |
3136 { | |
3137 if (REG_P (new_index_reg)) | |
3138 { | |
3139 *index_term = new_index_reg; | |
3140 change_p = true; | |
3141 } | |
3142 else if (GET_CODE (new_index_reg) == PLUS | |
3143 && REG_P (XEXP (new_index_reg, 0)) | |
3144 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (new_index_reg, 1)) | |
3145 && can_add_disp_p (ad) | |
3146 && (scale = get_index_scale (ad))) | |
3147 { | |
3148 disp += INTVAL (XEXP (new_index_reg, 1)) * scale; | |
3149 *index_term = XEXP (new_index_reg, 0); | |
3150 change_p = true; | |
3151 } | |
3152 } | |
3153 if (disp != 0) | |
3154 { | |
3155 if (ad->disp != NULL) | |
3156 *ad->disp = plus_constant (GET_MODE (*ad->inner), *ad->disp, disp); | |
3157 else | |
3158 { | |
3159 *ad->inner = plus_constant (GET_MODE (*ad->inner), *ad->inner, disp); | |
3160 update_address (ad); | |
3161 } | |
3162 change_p = true; | |
3163 } | |
3164 if (lra_dump_file != NULL) | |
3165 { | |
3166 if (! change_p) | |
3167 fprintf (lra_dump_file, " -- no change\n"); | |
3168 else | |
3169 { | |
3170 fprintf (lra_dump_file, " on equiv "); | |
3171 dump_value_slim (lra_dump_file, *ad->outer, 1); | |
3172 fprintf (lra_dump_file, "\n"); | |
3173 } | |
3174 } | |
3175 return change_p; | |
3176 } | |
3177 | |
3178 /* Major function to make reloads for an address in operand NOP or | |
3179 check its correctness (If CHECK_ONLY_P is true). The supported | |
3180 cases are: | |
3181 | |
3182 1) an address that existed before LRA started, at which point it | |
3183 must have been valid. These addresses are subject to elimination | |
3184 and may have become invalid due to the elimination offset being out | |
3185 of range. | |
3186 | |
3187 2) an address created by forcing a constant to memory | |
3188 (force_const_to_mem). The initial form of these addresses might | |
3189 not be valid, and it is this function's job to make them valid. | |
3190 | |
3191 3) a frame address formed from a register and a (possibly zero) | |
3192 constant offset. As above, these addresses might not be valid and | |
3193 this function must make them so. | |
3194 | |
3195 Add reloads to the lists *BEFORE and *AFTER. We might need to add | |
3196 reloads to *AFTER because of inc/dec, {pre, post} modify in the | |
3197 address. Return true for any RTL change. | |
3198 | |
3199 The function is a helper function which does not produce all | |
3200 transformations (when CHECK_ONLY_P is false) which can be | |
3201 necessary. It does just basic steps. To do all necessary | |
3202 transformations use function process_address. */ | |
3203 static bool | |
3204 process_address_1 (int nop, bool check_only_p, | |
3205 rtx_insn **before, rtx_insn **after) | |
3206 { | |
3207 struct address_info ad; | |
3208 rtx new_reg; | |
3209 HOST_WIDE_INT scale; | |
3210 rtx op = *curr_id->operand_loc[nop]; | |
3211 const char *constraint = curr_static_id->operand[nop].constraint; | |
3212 enum constraint_num cn = lookup_constraint (constraint); | |
3213 bool change_p = false; | |
3214 | |
3215 if (MEM_P (op) | |
3216 && GET_MODE (op) == BLKmode | |
3217 && GET_CODE (XEXP (op, 0)) == SCRATCH) | |
3218 return false; | |
3219 | |
3220 if (insn_extra_address_constraint (cn)) | |
3221 decompose_lea_address (&ad, curr_id->operand_loc[nop]); | |
3222 /* Do not attempt to decompose arbitrary addresses generated by combine | |
3223 for asm operands with loose constraints, e.g 'X'. */ | |
3224 else if (MEM_P (op) | |
3225 && !(get_constraint_type (cn) == CT_FIXED_FORM | |
3226 && constraint_satisfied_p (op, cn))) | |
3227 decompose_mem_address (&ad, op); | |
3228 else if (GET_CODE (op) == SUBREG | |
3229 && MEM_P (SUBREG_REG (op))) | |
3230 decompose_mem_address (&ad, SUBREG_REG (op)); | |
3231 else | |
3232 return false; | |
3233 /* If INDEX_REG_CLASS is assigned to base_term already and isn't to | |
3234 index_term, swap them so to avoid assigning INDEX_REG_CLASS to both | |
3235 when INDEX_REG_CLASS is a single register class. */ | |
3236 if (ad.base_term != NULL | |
3237 && ad.index_term != NULL | |
3238 && ira_class_hard_regs_num[INDEX_REG_CLASS] == 1 | |
3239 && REG_P (*ad.base_term) | |
3240 && REG_P (*ad.index_term) | |
3241 && in_class_p (*ad.base_term, INDEX_REG_CLASS, NULL) | |
3242 && ! in_class_p (*ad.index_term, INDEX_REG_CLASS, NULL)) | |
3243 { | |
3244 std::swap (ad.base, ad.index); | |
3245 std::swap (ad.base_term, ad.index_term); | |
3246 } | |
3247 if (! check_only_p) | |
3248 change_p = equiv_address_substitution (&ad); | |
3249 if (ad.base_term != NULL | |
3250 && (process_addr_reg | |
3251 (ad.base_term, check_only_p, before, | |
3252 (ad.autoinc_p | |
3253 && !(REG_P (*ad.base_term) | |
3254 && find_regno_note (curr_insn, REG_DEAD, | |
3255 REGNO (*ad.base_term)) != NULL_RTX) | |
3256 ? after : NULL), | |
3257 base_reg_class (ad.mode, ad.as, ad.base_outer_code, | |
3258 get_index_code (&ad))))) | |
3259 { | |
3260 change_p = true; | |
3261 if (ad.base_term2 != NULL) | |
3262 *ad.base_term2 = *ad.base_term; | |
3263 } | |
3264 if (ad.index_term != NULL | |
3265 && process_addr_reg (ad.index_term, check_only_p, | |
3266 before, NULL, INDEX_REG_CLASS)) | |
3267 change_p = true; | |
3268 | |
3269 /* Target hooks sometimes don't treat extra-constraint addresses as | |
3270 legitimate address_operands, so handle them specially. */ | |
3271 if (insn_extra_address_constraint (cn) | |
3272 && satisfies_address_constraint_p (&ad, cn)) | |
3273 return change_p; | |
3274 | |
3275 if (check_only_p) | |
3276 return change_p; | |
3277 | |
3278 /* There are three cases where the shape of *AD.INNER may now be invalid: | |
3279 | |
3280 1) the original address was valid, but either elimination or | |
3281 equiv_address_substitution was applied and that made | |
3282 the address invalid. | |
3283 | |
3284 2) the address is an invalid symbolic address created by | |
3285 force_const_to_mem. | |
3286 | |
3287 3) the address is a frame address with an invalid offset. | |
3288 | |
3289 4) the address is a frame address with an invalid base. | |
3290 | |
3291 All these cases involve a non-autoinc address, so there is no | |
3292 point revalidating other types. */ | |
3293 if (ad.autoinc_p || valid_address_p (&ad)) | |
3294 return change_p; | |
3295 | |
3296 /* Any index existed before LRA started, so we can assume that the | |
3297 presence and shape of the index is valid. */ | |
3298 push_to_sequence (*before); | |
3299 lra_assert (ad.disp == ad.disp_term); | |
3300 if (ad.base == NULL) | |
3301 { | |
3302 if (ad.index == NULL) | |
3303 { | |
3304 rtx_insn *insn; | |
3305 rtx_insn *last = get_last_insn (); | |
3306 int code = -1; | |
3307 enum reg_class cl = base_reg_class (ad.mode, ad.as, | |
3308 SCRATCH, SCRATCH); | |
3309 rtx addr = *ad.inner; | |
3310 | |
3311 new_reg = lra_create_new_reg (Pmode, NULL_RTX, cl, "addr"); | |
3312 if (HAVE_lo_sum) | |
3313 { | |
3314 /* addr => lo_sum (new_base, addr), case (2) above. */ | |
3315 insn = emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET | |
3316 (new_reg, | |
3317 gen_rtx_HIGH (Pmode, copy_rtx (addr)))); | |
3318 code = recog_memoized (insn); | |
3319 if (code >= 0) | |
3320 { | |
3321 *ad.inner = gen_rtx_LO_SUM (Pmode, new_reg, addr); | |
3322 if (! valid_address_p (ad.mode, *ad.outer, ad.as)) | |
3323 { | |
3324 /* Try to put lo_sum into register. */ | |
3325 insn = emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET | |
3326 (new_reg, | |
3327 gen_rtx_LO_SUM (Pmode, new_reg, addr))); | |
3328 code = recog_memoized (insn); | |
3329 if (code >= 0) | |
3330 { | |
3331 *ad.inner = new_reg; | |
3332 if (! valid_address_p (ad.mode, *ad.outer, ad.as)) | |
3333 { | |
3334 *ad.inner = addr; | |
3335 code = -1; | |
3336 } | |
3337 } | |
3338 | |
3339 } | |
3340 } | |
3341 if (code < 0) | |
3342 delete_insns_since (last); | |
3343 } | |
3344 | |
3345 if (code < 0) | |
3346 { | |
3347 /* addr => new_base, case (2) above. */ | |
3348 lra_emit_move (new_reg, addr); | |
3349 | |
3350 for (insn = last == NULL_RTX ? get_insns () : NEXT_INSN (last); | |
3351 insn != NULL_RTX; | |
3352 insn = NEXT_INSN (insn)) | |
3353 if (recog_memoized (insn) < 0) | |
3354 break; | |
3355 if (insn != NULL_RTX) | |
3356 { | |
3357 /* Do nothing if we cannot generate right insns. | |
3358 This is analogous to reload pass behavior. */ | |
3359 delete_insns_since (last); | |
3360 end_sequence (); | |
3361 return false; | |
3362 } | |
3363 *ad.inner = new_reg; | |
3364 } | |
3365 } | |
3366 else | |
3367 { | |
3368 /* index * scale + disp => new base + index * scale, | |
3369 case (1) above. */ | |
3370 enum reg_class cl = base_reg_class (ad.mode, ad.as, PLUS, | |
3371 GET_CODE (*ad.index)); | |
3372 | |
3373 lra_assert (INDEX_REG_CLASS != NO_REGS); | |
3374 new_reg = lra_create_new_reg (Pmode, NULL_RTX, cl, "disp"); | |
3375 lra_emit_move (new_reg, *ad.disp); | |
3376 *ad.inner = simplify_gen_binary (PLUS, GET_MODE (new_reg), | |
3377 new_reg, *ad.index); | |
3378 } | |
3379 } | |
3380 else if (ad.index == NULL) | |
3381 { | |
3382 int regno; | |
3383 enum reg_class cl; | |
3384 rtx set; | |
3385 rtx_insn *insns, *last_insn; | |
3386 /* Try to reload base into register only if the base is invalid | |
3387 for the address but with valid offset, case (4) above. */ | |
3388 start_sequence (); | |
3389 new_reg = base_to_reg (&ad); | |
3390 | |
3391 /* base + disp => new base, cases (1) and (3) above. */ | |
3392 /* Another option would be to reload the displacement into an | |
3393 index register. However, postreload has code to optimize | |
3394 address reloads that have the same base and different | |
3395 displacements, so reloading into an index register would | |
3396 not necessarily be a win. */ | |
3397 if (new_reg == NULL_RTX) | |
3398 new_reg = base_plus_disp_to_reg (&ad); | |
3399 insns = get_insns (); | |
3400 last_insn = get_last_insn (); | |
3401 /* If we generated at least two insns, try last insn source as | |
3402 an address. If we succeed, we generate one less insn. */ | |
3403 if (last_insn != insns && (set = single_set (last_insn)) != NULL_RTX | |
3404 && GET_CODE (SET_SRC (set)) == PLUS | |
3405 && REG_P (XEXP (SET_SRC (set), 0)) | |
3406 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (SET_SRC (set), 1))) | |
3407 { | |
3408 *ad.inner = SET_SRC (set); | |
3409 if (valid_address_p (ad.mode, *ad.outer, ad.as)) | |
3410 { | |
3411 *ad.base_term = XEXP (SET_SRC (set), 0); | |
3412 *ad.disp_term = XEXP (SET_SRC (set), 1); | |
3413 cl = base_reg_class (ad.mode, ad.as, ad.base_outer_code, | |
3414 get_index_code (&ad)); | |
3415 regno = REGNO (*ad.base_term); | |
3416 if (regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER | |
3417 && cl != lra_get_allocno_class (regno)) | |
3418 lra_change_class (regno, cl, " Change to", true); | |
3419 new_reg = SET_SRC (set); | |
3420 delete_insns_since (PREV_INSN (last_insn)); | |
3421 } | |
3422 } | |
3423 /* Try if target can split displacement into legitimite new disp | |
3424 and offset. If it's the case, we replace the last insn with | |
3425 insns for base + offset => new_reg and set new_reg + new disp | |
3426 to *ad.inner. */ | |
3427 last_insn = get_last_insn (); | |
3428 if ((set = single_set (last_insn)) != NULL_RTX | |
3429 && GET_CODE (SET_SRC (set)) == PLUS | |
3430 && REG_P (XEXP (SET_SRC (set), 0)) | |
3431 && REGNO (XEXP (SET_SRC (set), 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER | |
3432 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (SET_SRC (set), 1))) | |
3433 { | |
3434 rtx addend, disp = XEXP (SET_SRC (set), 1); | |
3435 if (targetm.legitimize_address_displacement (&disp, &addend, | |
3436 ad.mode)) | |
3437 { | |
3438 rtx_insn *new_insns; | |
3439 start_sequence (); | |
3440 lra_emit_add (new_reg, XEXP (SET_SRC (set), 0), addend); | |
3441 new_insns = get_insns (); | |
3442 end_sequence (); | |
3443 new_reg = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, new_reg, disp); | |
3444 delete_insns_since (PREV_INSN (last_insn)); | |
3445 add_insn (new_insns); | |
3446 insns = get_insns (); | |
3447 } | |
3448 } | |
3449 end_sequence (); | |
3450 emit_insn (insns); | |
3451 *ad.inner = new_reg; | |
3452 } | |
3453 else if (ad.disp_term != NULL) | |
3454 { | |
3455 /* base + scale * index + disp => new base + scale * index, | |
3456 case (1) above. */ | |
3457 new_reg = base_plus_disp_to_reg (&ad); | |
3458 *ad.inner = simplify_gen_binary (PLUS, GET_MODE (new_reg), | |
3459 new_reg, *ad.index); | |
3460 } | |
3461 else if ((scale = get_index_scale (&ad)) == 1) | |
3462 { | |
3463 /* The last transformation to one reg will be made in | |
3464 curr_insn_transform function. */ | |
3465 end_sequence (); | |
3466 return false; | |
3467 } | |
3468 else if (scale != 0) | |
3469 { | |
3470 /* base + scale * index => base + new_reg, | |
3471 case (1) above. | |
3472 Index part of address may become invalid. For example, we | |
3473 changed pseudo on the equivalent memory and a subreg of the | |
3474 pseudo onto the memory of different mode for which the scale is | |
3475 prohibitted. */ | |
3476 new_reg = index_part_to_reg (&ad); | |
3477 *ad.inner = simplify_gen_binary (PLUS, GET_MODE (new_reg), | |
3478 *ad.base_term, new_reg); | |
3479 } | |
3480 else | |
3481 { | |
3482 enum reg_class cl = base_reg_class (ad.mode, ad.as, | |
3483 SCRATCH, SCRATCH); | |
3484 rtx addr = *ad.inner; | |
3485 | |
3486 new_reg = lra_create_new_reg (Pmode, NULL_RTX, cl, "addr"); | |
3487 /* addr => new_base. */ | |
3488 lra_emit_move (new_reg, addr); | |
3489 *ad.inner = new_reg; | |
3490 } | |
3491 *before = get_insns (); | |
3492 end_sequence (); | |
3493 return true; | |
3494 } | |
3495 | |
3496 /* If CHECK_ONLY_P is false, do address reloads until it is necessary. | |
3497 Use process_address_1 as a helper function. Return true for any | |
3498 RTL changes. | |
3499 | |
3500 If CHECK_ONLY_P is true, just check address correctness. Return | |
3501 false if the address correct. */ | |
3502 static bool | |
3503 process_address (int nop, bool check_only_p, | |
3504 rtx_insn **before, rtx_insn **after) | |
3505 { | |
3506 bool res = false; | |
3507 | |
3508 while (process_address_1 (nop, check_only_p, before, after)) | |
3509 { | |
3510 if (check_only_p) | |
3511 return true; | |
3512 res = true; | |
3513 } | |
3514 return res; | |
3515 } | |
3516 | |
3517 /* Emit insns to reload VALUE into a new register. VALUE is an | |
3518 auto-increment or auto-decrement RTX whose operand is a register or | |
3519 memory location; so reloading involves incrementing that location. | |
3520 IN is either identical to VALUE, or some cheaper place to reload | |
3521 value being incremented/decremented from. | |
3522 | |
3523 INC_AMOUNT is the number to increment or decrement by (always | |
3524 positive and ignored for POST_MODIFY/PRE_MODIFY). | |
3525 | |
3526 Return pseudo containing the result. */ | |
3527 static rtx | |
3528 emit_inc (enum reg_class new_rclass, rtx in, rtx value, int inc_amount) | |
3529 { | |
3530 /* REG or MEM to be copied and incremented. */ | |
3531 rtx incloc = XEXP (value, 0); | |
3532 /* Nonzero if increment after copying. */ | |
3533 int post = (GET_CODE (value) == POST_DEC || GET_CODE (value) == POST_INC | |
3534 || GET_CODE (value) == POST_MODIFY); | |
3535 rtx_insn *last; | |
3536 rtx inc; | |
3537 rtx_insn *add_insn; | |
3538 int code; | |
3539 rtx real_in = in == value ? incloc : in; | |
3540 rtx result; | |
3541 bool plus_p = true; | |
3542 | |
3543 if (GET_CODE (value) == PRE_MODIFY || GET_CODE (value) == POST_MODIFY) | |
3544 { | |
3545 lra_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (value, 1)) == PLUS | |
3546 || GET_CODE (XEXP (value, 1)) == MINUS); | |
3547 lra_assert (rtx_equal_p (XEXP (XEXP (value, 1), 0), XEXP (value, 0))); | |
3548 plus_p = GET_CODE (XEXP (value, 1)) == PLUS; | |
3549 inc = XEXP (XEXP (value, 1), 1); | |
3550 } | |
3551 else | |
3552 { | |
3553 if (GET_CODE (value) == PRE_DEC || GET_CODE (value) == POST_DEC) | |
3554 inc_amount = -inc_amount; | |
3555 | |
3556 inc = GEN_INT (inc_amount); | |
3557 } | |
3558 | |
3559 if (! post && REG_P (incloc)) | |
3560 result = incloc; | |
3561 else | |
3562 result = lra_create_new_reg (GET_MODE (value), value, new_rclass, | |
3563 "INC/DEC result"); | |
3564 | |
3565 if (real_in != result) | |
3566 { | |
3567 /* First copy the location to the result register. */ | |
3568 lra_assert (REG_P (result)); | |
3569 emit_insn (gen_move_insn (result, real_in)); | |
3570 } | |
3571 | |
3572 /* We suppose that there are insns to add/sub with the constant | |
3573 increment permitted in {PRE/POST)_{DEC/INC/MODIFY}. At least the | |
3574 old reload worked with this assumption. If the assumption | |
3575 becomes wrong, we should use approach in function | |
3576 base_plus_disp_to_reg. */ | |
3577 if (in == value) | |
3578 { | |
3579 /* See if we can directly increment INCLOC. */ | |
3580 last = get_last_insn (); | |
3581 add_insn = emit_insn (plus_p | |
3582 ? gen_add2_insn (incloc, inc) | |
3583 : gen_sub2_insn (incloc, inc)); | |
3584 | |
3585 code = recog_memoized (add_insn); | |
3586 if (code >= 0) | |
3587 { | |
3588 if (! post && result != incloc) | |
3589 emit_insn (gen_move_insn (result, incloc)); | |
3590 return result; | |
3591 } | |
3592 delete_insns_since (last); | |
3593 } | |
3594 | |
3595 /* If couldn't do the increment directly, must increment in RESULT. | |
3596 The way we do this depends on whether this is pre- or | |
3597 post-increment. For pre-increment, copy INCLOC to the reload | |
3598 register, increment it there, then save back. */ | |
3599 if (! post) | |
3600 { | |
3601 if (real_in != result) | |
3602 emit_insn (gen_move_insn (result, real_in)); | |
3603 if (plus_p) | |
3604 emit_insn (gen_add2_insn (result, inc)); | |
3605 else | |
3606 emit_insn (gen_sub2_insn (result, inc)); | |
3607 if (result != incloc) | |
3608 emit_insn (gen_move_insn (incloc, result)); | |
3609 } | |
3610 else | |
3611 { | |
3612 /* Post-increment. | |
3613 | |
3614 Because this might be a jump insn or a compare, and because | |
3615 RESULT may not be available after the insn in an input | |
3616 reload, we must do the incrementing before the insn being | |
3617 reloaded for. | |
3618 | |
3619 We have already copied IN to RESULT. Increment the copy in | |
3620 RESULT, save that back, then decrement RESULT so it has | |
3621 the original value. */ | |
3622 if (plus_p) | |
3623 emit_insn (gen_add2_insn (result, inc)); | |
3624 else | |
3625 emit_insn (gen_sub2_insn (result, inc)); | |
3626 emit_insn (gen_move_insn (incloc, result)); | |
3627 /* Restore non-modified value for the result. We prefer this | |
3628 way because it does not require an additional hard | |
3629 register. */ | |
3630 if (plus_p) | |
3631 { | |
3632 if (CONST_INT_P (inc)) | |
3633 emit_insn (gen_add2_insn (result, | |
3634 gen_int_mode (-INTVAL (inc), | |
3635 GET_MODE (result)))); | |
3636 else | |
3637 emit_insn (gen_sub2_insn (result, inc)); | |
3638 } | |
3639 else | |
3640 emit_insn (gen_add2_insn (result, inc)); | |
3641 } | |
3642 return result; | |
3643 } | |
3644 | |
3645 /* Return true if the current move insn does not need processing as we | |
3646 already know that it satisfies its constraints. */ | |
3647 static bool | |
3648 simple_move_p (void) | |
3649 { | |
3650 rtx dest, src; | |
3651 enum reg_class dclass, sclass; | |
3652 | |
3653 lra_assert (curr_insn_set != NULL_RTX); | |
3654 dest = SET_DEST (curr_insn_set); | |
3655 src = SET_SRC (curr_insn_set); | |
3656 | |
3657 /* If the instruction has multiple sets we need to process it even if it | |
3658 is single_set. This can happen if one or more of the SETs are dead. | |
3659 See PR73650. */ | |
3660 if (multiple_sets (curr_insn)) | |
3661 return false; | |
3662 | |
3663 return ((dclass = get_op_class (dest)) != NO_REGS | |
3664 && (sclass = get_op_class (src)) != NO_REGS | |
3665 /* The backend guarantees that register moves of cost 2 | |
3666 never need reloads. */ | |
3667 && targetm.register_move_cost (GET_MODE (src), sclass, dclass) == 2); | |
3668 } | |
3669 | |
3670 /* Swap operands NOP and NOP + 1. */ | |
3671 static inline void | |
3672 swap_operands (int nop) | |
3673 { | |
3674 std::swap (curr_operand_mode[nop], curr_operand_mode[nop + 1]); | |
3675 std::swap (original_subreg_reg_mode[nop], original_subreg_reg_mode[nop + 1]); | |
3676 std::swap (*curr_id->operand_loc[nop], *curr_id->operand_loc[nop + 1]); | |
3677 std::swap (equiv_substition_p[nop], equiv_substition_p[nop + 1]); | |
3678 /* Swap the duplicates too. */ | |
3679 lra_update_dup (curr_id, nop); | |
3680 lra_update_dup (curr_id, nop + 1); | |
3681 } | |
3682 | |
3683 /* Main entry point of the constraint code: search the body of the | |
3684 current insn to choose the best alternative. It is mimicking insn | |
3685 alternative cost calculation model of former reload pass. That is | |
3686 because machine descriptions were written to use this model. This | |
3687 model can be changed in future. Make commutative operand exchange | |
3688 if it is chosen. | |
3689 | |
3690 if CHECK_ONLY_P is false, do RTL changes to satisfy the | |
3691 constraints. Return true if any change happened during function | |
3692 call. | |
3693 | |
3694 If CHECK_ONLY_P is true then don't do any transformation. Just | |
3695 check that the insn satisfies all constraints. If the insn does | |
3696 not satisfy any constraint, return true. */ | |
3697 static bool | |
3698 curr_insn_transform (bool check_only_p) | |
3699 { | |
3700 int i, j, k; | |
3701 int n_operands; | |
3702 int n_alternatives; | |
3703 int n_outputs; | |
3704 int commutative; | |
3705 signed char goal_alt_matched[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS][MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS]; | |
3706 signed char match_inputs[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS + 1]; | |
3707 signed char outputs[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS + 1]; | |
3708 rtx_insn *before, *after; | |
3709 bool alt_p = false; | |
3710 /* Flag that the insn has been changed through a transformation. */ | |
3711 bool change_p; | |
3712 bool sec_mem_p; | |
3713 bool use_sec_mem_p; | |
3714 int max_regno_before; | |
3715 int reused_alternative_num; | |
3716 | |
3717 curr_insn_set = single_set (curr_insn); | |
3718 if (curr_insn_set != NULL_RTX && simple_move_p ()) | |
3719 return false; | |
3720 | |
3721 no_input_reloads_p = no_output_reloads_p = false; | |
3722 goal_alt_number = -1; | |
3723 change_p = sec_mem_p = false; | |
3724 /* JUMP_INSNs and CALL_INSNs are not allowed to have any output | |
3725 reloads; neither are insns that SET cc0. Insns that use CC0 are | |
3726 not allowed to have any input reloads. */ | |
3727 if (JUMP_P (curr_insn) || CALL_P (curr_insn)) | |
3728 no_output_reloads_p = true; | |
3729 | |
3730 if (HAVE_cc0 && reg_referenced_p (cc0_rtx, PATTERN (curr_insn))) | |
3731 no_input_reloads_p = true; | |
3732 if (HAVE_cc0 && reg_set_p (cc0_rtx, PATTERN (curr_insn))) | |
3733 no_output_reloads_p = true; | |
3734 | |
3735 n_operands = curr_static_id->n_operands; | |
3736 n_alternatives = curr_static_id->n_alternatives; | |
3737 | |
3738 /* Just return "no reloads" if insn has no operands with | |
3739 constraints. */ | |
3740 if (n_operands == 0 || n_alternatives == 0) | |
3741 return false; | |
3742 | |
3743 max_regno_before = max_reg_num (); | |
3744 | |
3745 for (i = 0; i < n_operands; i++) | |
3746 { | |
3747 goal_alt_matched[i][0] = -1; | |
3748 goal_alt_matches[i] = -1; | |
3749 } | |
3750 | |
3751 commutative = curr_static_id->commutative; | |
3752 | |
3753 /* Now see what we need for pseudos that didn't get hard regs or got | |
3754 the wrong kind of hard reg. For this, we must consider all the | |
3755 operands together against the register constraints. */ | |
3756 | |
3757 best_losers = best_overall = INT_MAX; | |
3758 best_reload_sum = 0; | |
3759 | |
3760 curr_swapped = false; | |
3761 goal_alt_swapped = false; | |
3762 | |
3763 if (! check_only_p) | |
3764 /* Make equivalence substitution and memory subreg elimination | |
3765 before address processing because an address legitimacy can | |
3766 depend on memory mode. */ | |
3767 for (i = 0; i < n_operands; i++) | |
3768 { | |
3769 rtx op, subst, old; | |
3770 bool op_change_p = false; | |
3771 | |
3772 if (curr_static_id->operand[i].is_operator) | |
3773 continue; | |
3774 | |
3775 old = op = *curr_id->operand_loc[i]; | |
3776 if (GET_CODE (old) == SUBREG) | |
3777 old = SUBREG_REG (old); | |
3778 subst = get_equiv_with_elimination (old, curr_insn); | |
3779 original_subreg_reg_mode[i] = VOIDmode; | |
3780 equiv_substition_p[i] = false; | |
3781 if (subst != old) | |
3782 { | |
3783 equiv_substition_p[i] = true; | |
3784 subst = copy_rtx (subst); | |
3785 lra_assert (REG_P (old)); | |
3786 if (GET_CODE (op) != SUBREG) | |
3787 *curr_id->operand_loc[i] = subst; | |
3788 else | |
3789 { | |
3790 SUBREG_REG (op) = subst; | |
3791 if (GET_MODE (subst) == VOIDmode) | |
3792 original_subreg_reg_mode[i] = GET_MODE (old); | |
3793 } | |
3794 if (lra_dump_file != NULL) | |
3795 { | |
3796 fprintf (lra_dump_file, | |
3797 "Changing pseudo %d in operand %i of insn %u on equiv ", | |
3798 REGNO (old), i, INSN_UID (curr_insn)); | |
3799 dump_value_slim (lra_dump_file, subst, 1); | |
3800 fprintf (lra_dump_file, "\n"); | |
3801 } | |
3802 op_change_p = change_p = true; | |
3803 } | |
3804 if (simplify_operand_subreg (i, GET_MODE (old)) || op_change_p) | |
3805 { | |
3806 change_p = true; | |
3807 lra_update_dup (curr_id, i); | |
3808 } | |
3809 } | |
3810 | |
3811 /* Reload address registers and displacements. We do it before | |
3812 finding an alternative because of memory constraints. */ | |
3813 before = after = NULL; | |
3814 for (i = 0; i < n_operands; i++) | |
3815 if (! curr_static_id->operand[i].is_operator | |
3816 && process_address (i, check_only_p, &before, &after)) | |
3817 { | |
3818 if (check_only_p) | |
3819 return true; | |
3820 change_p = true; | |
3821 lra_update_dup (curr_id, i); | |
3822 } | |
3823 | |
3824 if (change_p) | |
3825 /* If we've changed the instruction then any alternative that | |
3826 we chose previously may no longer be valid. */ | |
3827 lra_set_used_insn_alternative (curr_insn, -1); | |
3828 | |
3829 if (! check_only_p && curr_insn_set != NULL_RTX | |
3830 && check_and_process_move (&change_p, &sec_mem_p)) | |
3831 return change_p; | |
3832 | |
3833 try_swapped: | |
3834 | |
3835 reused_alternative_num = check_only_p ? -1 : curr_id->used_insn_alternative; | |
3836 if (lra_dump_file != NULL && reused_alternative_num >= 0) | |
3837 fprintf (lra_dump_file, "Reusing alternative %d for insn #%u\n", | |
3838 reused_alternative_num, INSN_UID (curr_insn)); | |
3839 | |
3840 if (process_alt_operands (reused_alternative_num)) | |
3841 alt_p = true; | |
3842 | |
3843 if (check_only_p) | |
3844 return ! alt_p || best_losers != 0; | |
3845 | |
3846 /* If insn is commutative (it's safe to exchange a certain pair of | |
3847 operands) then we need to try each alternative twice, the second | |
3848 time matching those two operands as if we had exchanged them. To | |
3849 do this, really exchange them in operands. | |
3850 | |
3851 If we have just tried the alternatives the second time, return | |
3852 operands to normal and drop through. */ | |
3853 | |
3854 if (reused_alternative_num < 0 && commutative >= 0) | |
3855 { | |
3856 curr_swapped = !curr_swapped; | |
3857 if (curr_swapped) | |
3858 { | |
3859 swap_operands (commutative); | |
3860 goto try_swapped; | |
3861 } | |
3862 else | |
3863 swap_operands (commutative); | |
3864 } | |
3865 | |
3866 if (! alt_p && ! sec_mem_p) | |
3867 { | |
3868 /* No alternative works with reloads?? */ | |
3869 if (INSN_CODE (curr_insn) >= 0) | |
3870 fatal_insn ("unable to generate reloads for:", curr_insn); | |
3871 error_for_asm (curr_insn, | |
3872 "inconsistent operand constraints in an %<asm%>"); | |
3873 /* Avoid further trouble with this insn. Don't generate use | |
3874 pattern here as we could use the insn SP offset. */ | |
3875 lra_set_insn_deleted (curr_insn); | |
3876 return true; | |
3877 } | |
3878 | |
3879 /* If the best alternative is with operands 1 and 2 swapped, swap | |
3880 them. Update the operand numbers of any reloads already | |
3881 pushed. */ | |
3882 | |
3883 if (goal_alt_swapped) | |
3884 { | |
3885 if (lra_dump_file != NULL) | |
3886 fprintf (lra_dump_file, " Commutative operand exchange in insn %u\n", | |
3887 INSN_UID (curr_insn)); | |
3888 | |
3889 /* Swap the duplicates too. */ | |
3890 swap_operands (commutative); | |
3891 change_p = true; | |
3892 } | |
3893 | |
3894 /* Some targets' TARGET_SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED (e.g. x86) are defined | |
3895 too conservatively. So we use the secondary memory only if there | |
3896 is no any alternative without reloads. */ | |
3897 use_sec_mem_p = false; | |
3898 if (! alt_p) | |
3899 use_sec_mem_p = true; | |
3900 else if (sec_mem_p) | |
3901 { | |
3902 for (i = 0; i < n_operands; i++) | |
3903 if (! goal_alt_win[i] && ! goal_alt_match_win[i]) | |
3904 break; | |
3905 use_sec_mem_p = i < n_operands; | |
3906 } | |
3907 | |
3908 if (use_sec_mem_p) | |
3909 { | |
3910 int in = -1, out = -1; | |
3911 rtx new_reg, src, dest, rld; | |
3912 machine_mode sec_mode, rld_mode; | |
3913 | |
3914 lra_assert (curr_insn_set != NULL_RTX && sec_mem_p); | |
3915 dest = SET_DEST (curr_insn_set); | |
3916 src = SET_SRC (curr_insn_set); | |
3917 for (i = 0; i < n_operands; i++) | |
3918 if (*curr_id->operand_loc[i] == dest) | |
3919 out = i; | |
3920 else if (*curr_id->operand_loc[i] == src) | |
3921 in = i; | |
3922 for (i = 0; i < curr_static_id->n_dups; i++) | |
3923 if (out < 0 && *curr_id->dup_loc[i] == dest) | |
3924 out = curr_static_id->dup_num[i]; | |
3925 else if (in < 0 && *curr_id->dup_loc[i] == src) | |
3926 in = curr_static_id->dup_num[i]; | |
3927 lra_assert (out >= 0 && in >= 0 | |
3928 && curr_static_id->operand[out].type == OP_OUT | |
3929 && curr_static_id->operand[in].type == OP_IN); | |
3930 rld = partial_subreg_p (GET_MODE (src), GET_MODE (dest)) ? src : dest; | |
3931 rld_mode = GET_MODE (rld); | |
3932 sec_mode = targetm.secondary_memory_needed_mode (rld_mode); | |
3933 new_reg = lra_create_new_reg (sec_mode, NULL_RTX, | |
3934 NO_REGS, "secondary"); | |
3935 /* If the mode is changed, it should be wider. */ | |
3936 lra_assert (!partial_subreg_p (sec_mode, rld_mode)); | |
3937 if (sec_mode != rld_mode) | |
3938 { | |
3939 /* If the target says specifically to use another mode for | |
3940 secondary memory moves we can not reuse the original | |
3941 insn. */ | |
3942 after = emit_spill_move (false, new_reg, dest); | |
3943 lra_process_new_insns (curr_insn, NULL, after, | |
3944 "Inserting the sec. move"); | |
3945 /* We may have non null BEFORE here (e.g. after address | |
3946 processing. */ | |
3947 push_to_sequence (before); | |
3948 before = emit_spill_move (true, new_reg, src); | |
3949 emit_insn (before); | |
3950 before = get_insns (); | |
3951 end_sequence (); | |
3952 lra_process_new_insns (curr_insn, before, NULL, "Changing on"); | |
3953 lra_set_insn_deleted (curr_insn); | |
3954 } | |
3955 else if (dest == rld) | |
3956 { | |
3957 *curr_id->operand_loc[out] = new_reg; | |
3958 lra_update_dup (curr_id, out); | |
3959 after = emit_spill_move (false, new_reg, dest); | |
3960 lra_process_new_insns (curr_insn, NULL, after, | |
3961 "Inserting the sec. move"); | |
3962 } | |
3963 else | |
3964 { | |
3965 *curr_id->operand_loc[in] = new_reg; | |
3966 lra_update_dup (curr_id, in); | |
3967 /* See comments above. */ | |
3968 push_to_sequence (before); | |
3969 before = emit_spill_move (true, new_reg, src); | |
3970 emit_insn (before); | |
3971 before = get_insns (); | |
3972 end_sequence (); | |
3973 lra_process_new_insns (curr_insn, before, NULL, | |
3974 "Inserting the sec. move"); | |
3975 } | |
3976 lra_update_insn_regno_info (curr_insn); | |
3977 return true; | |
3978 } | |
3979 | |
3980 lra_assert (goal_alt_number >= 0); | |
3981 lra_set_used_insn_alternative (curr_insn, goal_alt_number); | |
3982 | |
3983 if (lra_dump_file != NULL) | |
3984 { | |
3985 const char *p; | |
3986 | |
3987 fprintf (lra_dump_file, " Choosing alt %d in insn %u:", | |
3988 goal_alt_number, INSN_UID (curr_insn)); | |
3989 for (i = 0; i < n_operands; i++) | |
3990 { | |
3991 p = (curr_static_id->operand_alternative | |
3992 [goal_alt_number * n_operands + i].constraint); | |
3993 if (*p == '\0') | |
3994 continue; | |
3995 fprintf (lra_dump_file, " (%d) ", i); | |
3996 for (; *p != '\0' && *p != ',' && *p != '#'; p++) | |
3997 fputc (*p, lra_dump_file); | |
3998 } | |
3999 if (INSN_CODE (curr_insn) >= 0 | |
4000 && (p = get_insn_name (INSN_CODE (curr_insn))) != NULL) | |
4001 fprintf (lra_dump_file, " {%s}", p); | |
4002 if (curr_id->sp_offset != 0) | |
4003 fprintf (lra_dump_file, " (sp_off=%" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT "d)", | |
4004 curr_id->sp_offset); | |
4005 fprintf (lra_dump_file, "\n"); | |
4006 } | |
4007 | |
4008 /* Right now, for any pair of operands I and J that are required to | |
4009 match, with J < I, goal_alt_matches[I] is J. Add I to | |
4010 goal_alt_matched[J]. */ | |
4011 | |
4012 for (i = 0; i < n_operands; i++) | |
4013 if ((j = goal_alt_matches[i]) >= 0) | |
4014 { | |
4015 for (k = 0; goal_alt_matched[j][k] >= 0; k++) | |
4016 ; | |
4017 /* We allow matching one output operand and several input | |
4018 operands. */ | |
4019 lra_assert (k == 0 | |
4020 || (curr_static_id->operand[j].type == OP_OUT | |
4021 && curr_static_id->operand[i].type == OP_IN | |
4022 && (curr_static_id->operand | |
4023 [goal_alt_matched[j][0]].type == OP_IN))); | |
4024 goal_alt_matched[j][k] = i; | |
4025 goal_alt_matched[j][k + 1] = -1; | |
4026 } | |
4027 | |
4028 for (i = 0; i < n_operands; i++) | |
4029 goal_alt_win[i] |= goal_alt_match_win[i]; | |
4030 | |
4031 /* Any constants that aren't allowed and can't be reloaded into | |
4032 registers are here changed into memory references. */ | |
4033 for (i = 0; i < n_operands; i++) | |
4034 if (goal_alt_win[i]) | |
4035 { | |
4036 int regno; | |
4037 enum reg_class new_class; | |
4038 rtx reg = *curr_id->operand_loc[i]; | |
4039 | |
4040 if (GET_CODE (reg) == SUBREG) | |
4041 reg = SUBREG_REG (reg); | |
4042 | |
4043 if (REG_P (reg) && (regno = REGNO (reg)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
4044 { | |
4045 bool ok_p = in_class_p (reg, goal_alt[i], &new_class); | |
4046 | |
4047 if (new_class != NO_REGS && get_reg_class (regno) != new_class) | |
4048 { | |
4049 lra_assert (ok_p); | |
4050 lra_change_class (regno, new_class, " Change to", true); | |
4051 } | |
4052 } | |
4053 } | |
4054 else | |
4055 { | |
4056 const char *constraint; | |
4057 char c; | |
4058 rtx op = *curr_id->operand_loc[i]; | |
4059 rtx subreg = NULL_RTX; | |
4060 machine_mode mode = curr_operand_mode[i]; | |
4061 | |
4062 if (GET_CODE (op) == SUBREG) | |
4063 { | |
4064 subreg = op; | |
4065 op = SUBREG_REG (op); | |
4066 mode = GET_MODE (op); | |
4067 } | |
4068 | |
4069 if (CONST_POOL_OK_P (mode, op) | |
4070 && ((targetm.preferred_reload_class | |
4071 (op, (enum reg_class) goal_alt[i]) == NO_REGS) | |
4072 || no_input_reloads_p)) | |
4073 { | |
4074 rtx tem = force_const_mem (mode, op); | |
4075 | |
4076 change_p = true; | |
4077 if (subreg != NULL_RTX) | |
4078 tem = gen_rtx_SUBREG (mode, tem, SUBREG_BYTE (subreg)); | |
4079 | |
4080 *curr_id->operand_loc[i] = tem; | |
4081 lra_update_dup (curr_id, i); | |
4082 process_address (i, false, &before, &after); | |
4083 | |
4084 /* If the alternative accepts constant pool refs directly | |
4085 there will be no reload needed at all. */ | |
4086 if (subreg != NULL_RTX) | |
4087 continue; | |
4088 /* Skip alternatives before the one requested. */ | |
4089 constraint = (curr_static_id->operand_alternative | |
4090 [goal_alt_number * n_operands + i].constraint); | |
4091 for (; | |
4092 (c = *constraint) && c != ',' && c != '#'; | |
4093 constraint += CONSTRAINT_LEN (c, constraint)) | |
4094 { | |
4095 enum constraint_num cn = lookup_constraint (constraint); | |
4096 if ((insn_extra_memory_constraint (cn) | |
4097 || insn_extra_special_memory_constraint (cn)) | |
4098 && satisfies_memory_constraint_p (tem, cn)) | |
4099 break; | |
4100 } | |
4101 if (c == '\0' || c == ',' || c == '#') | |
4102 continue; | |
4103 | |
4104 goal_alt_win[i] = true; | |
4105 } | |
4106 } | |
4107 | |
4108 n_outputs = 0; | |
4109 outputs[0] = -1; | |
4110 for (i = 0; i < n_operands; i++) | |
4111 { | |
4112 int regno; | |
4113 bool optional_p = false; | |
4114 rtx old, new_reg; | |
4115 rtx op = *curr_id->operand_loc[i]; | |
4116 | |
4117 if (goal_alt_win[i]) | |
4118 { | |
4119 if (goal_alt[i] == NO_REGS | |
4120 && REG_P (op) | |
4121 /* When we assign NO_REGS it means that we will not | |
4122 assign a hard register to the scratch pseudo by | |
4123 assigment pass and the scratch pseudo will be | |
4124 spilled. Spilled scratch pseudos are transformed | |
4125 back to scratches at the LRA end. */ | |
4126 && lra_former_scratch_operand_p (curr_insn, i) | |
4127 && lra_former_scratch_p (REGNO (op))) | |
4128 { | |
4129 int regno = REGNO (op); | |
4130 lra_change_class (regno, NO_REGS, " Change to", true); | |
4131 if (lra_get_regno_hard_regno (regno) >= 0) | |
4132 /* We don't have to mark all insn affected by the | |
4133 spilled pseudo as there is only one such insn, the | |
4134 current one. */ | |
4135 reg_renumber[regno] = -1; | |
4136 lra_assert (bitmap_single_bit_set_p | |
4137 (&lra_reg_info[REGNO (op)].insn_bitmap)); | |
4138 } | |
4139 /* We can do an optional reload. If the pseudo got a hard | |
4140 reg, we might improve the code through inheritance. If | |
4141 it does not get a hard register we coalesce memory/memory | |
4142 moves later. Ignore move insns to avoid cycling. */ | |
4143 if (! lra_simple_p | |
4144 && lra_undo_inheritance_iter < LRA_MAX_INHERITANCE_PASSES | |
4145 && goal_alt[i] != NO_REGS && REG_P (op) | |
4146 && (regno = REGNO (op)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER | |
4147 && regno < new_regno_start | |
4148 && ! lra_former_scratch_p (regno) | |
4149 && reg_renumber[regno] < 0 | |
4150 /* Check that the optional reload pseudo will be able to | |
4151 hold given mode value. */ | |
4152 && ! (prohibited_class_reg_set_mode_p | |
4153 (goal_alt[i], reg_class_contents[goal_alt[i]], | |
4154 PSEUDO_REGNO_MODE (regno))) | |
4155 && (curr_insn_set == NULL_RTX | |
4156 || !((REG_P (SET_SRC (curr_insn_set)) | |
4157 || MEM_P (SET_SRC (curr_insn_set)) | |
4158 || GET_CODE (SET_SRC (curr_insn_set)) == SUBREG) | |
4159 && (REG_P (SET_DEST (curr_insn_set)) | |
4160 || MEM_P (SET_DEST (curr_insn_set)) | |
4161 || GET_CODE (SET_DEST (curr_insn_set)) == SUBREG)))) | |
4162 optional_p = true; | |
4163 else | |
4164 continue; | |
4165 } | |
4166 | |
4167 /* Operands that match previous ones have already been handled. */ | |
4168 if (goal_alt_matches[i] >= 0) | |
4169 continue; | |
4170 | |
4171 /* We should not have an operand with a non-offsettable address | |
4172 appearing where an offsettable address will do. It also may | |
4173 be a case when the address should be special in other words | |
4174 not a general one (e.g. it needs no index reg). */ | |
4175 if (goal_alt_matched[i][0] == -1 && goal_alt_offmemok[i] && MEM_P (op)) | |
4176 { | |
4177 enum reg_class rclass; | |
4178 rtx *loc = &XEXP (op, 0); | |
4179 enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (*loc); | |
4180 | |
4181 push_to_sequence (before); | |
4182 rclass = base_reg_class (GET_MODE (op), MEM_ADDR_SPACE (op), | |
4183 MEM, SCRATCH); | |
4184 if (GET_RTX_CLASS (code) == RTX_AUTOINC) | |
4185 new_reg = emit_inc (rclass, *loc, *loc, | |
4186 /* This value does not matter for MODIFY. */ | |
4187 GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (op))); | |
4188 else if (get_reload_reg (OP_IN, Pmode, *loc, rclass, FALSE, | |
4189 "offsetable address", &new_reg)) | |
4190 lra_emit_move (new_reg, *loc); | |
4191 before = get_insns (); | |
4192 end_sequence (); | |
4193 *loc = new_reg; | |
4194 lra_update_dup (curr_id, i); | |
4195 } | |
4196 else if (goal_alt_matched[i][0] == -1) | |
4197 { | |
4198 machine_mode mode; | |
4199 rtx reg, *loc; | |
4200 int hard_regno, byte; | |
4201 enum op_type type = curr_static_id->operand[i].type; | |
4202 | |
4203 loc = curr_id->operand_loc[i]; | |
4204 mode = curr_operand_mode[i]; | |
4205 if (GET_CODE (*loc) == SUBREG) | |
4206 { | |
4207 reg = SUBREG_REG (*loc); | |
4208 byte = SUBREG_BYTE (*loc); | |
4209 if (REG_P (reg) | |
4210 /* Strict_low_part requires reload the register not | |
4211 the sub-register. */ | |
4212 && (curr_static_id->operand[i].strict_low | |
4213 || (!paradoxical_subreg_p (mode, GET_MODE (reg)) | |
4214 && (hard_regno | |
4215 = get_try_hard_regno (REGNO (reg))) >= 0 | |
4216 && (simplify_subreg_regno | |
4217 (hard_regno, | |
4218 GET_MODE (reg), byte, mode) < 0) | |
4219 && (goal_alt[i] == NO_REGS | |
4220 || (simplify_subreg_regno | |
4221 (ira_class_hard_regs[goal_alt[i]][0], | |
4222 GET_MODE (reg), byte, mode) >= 0))))) | |
4223 { | |
4224 /* An OP_INOUT is required when reloading a subreg of a | |
4225 mode wider than a word to ensure that data beyond the | |
4226 word being reloaded is preserved. Also automatically | |
4227 ensure that strict_low_part reloads are made into | |
4228 OP_INOUT which should already be true from the backend | |
4229 constraints. */ | |
4230 if (type == OP_OUT | |
4231 && (curr_static_id->operand[i].strict_low | |
4232 || read_modify_subreg_p (*loc))) | |
4233 type = OP_INOUT; | |
4234 loc = &SUBREG_REG (*loc); | |
4235 mode = GET_MODE (*loc); | |
4236 } | |
4237 } | |
4238 old = *loc; | |
4239 if (get_reload_reg (type, mode, old, goal_alt[i], | |
4240 loc != curr_id->operand_loc[i], "", &new_reg) | |
4241 && type != OP_OUT) | |
4242 { | |
4243 push_to_sequence (before); | |
4244 lra_emit_move (new_reg, old); | |
4245 before = get_insns (); | |
4246 end_sequence (); | |
4247 } | |
4248 *loc = new_reg; | |
4249 if (type != OP_IN | |
4250 && find_reg_note (curr_insn, REG_UNUSED, old) == NULL_RTX) | |
4251 { | |
4252 start_sequence (); | |
4253 lra_emit_move (type == OP_INOUT ? copy_rtx (old) : old, new_reg); | |
4254 emit_insn (after); | |
4255 after = get_insns (); | |
4256 end_sequence (); | |
4257 *loc = new_reg; | |
4258 } | |
4259 for (j = 0; j < goal_alt_dont_inherit_ops_num; j++) | |
4260 if (goal_alt_dont_inherit_ops[j] == i) | |
4261 { | |
4262 lra_set_regno_unique_value (REGNO (new_reg)); | |
4263 break; | |
4264 } | |
4265 lra_update_dup (curr_id, i); | |
4266 } | |
4267 else if (curr_static_id->operand[i].type == OP_IN | |
4268 && (curr_static_id->operand[goal_alt_matched[i][0]].type | |
4269 == OP_OUT | |
4270 || (curr_static_id->operand[goal_alt_matched[i][0]].type | |
4271 == OP_INOUT | |
4272 && (operands_match_p | |
4273 (*curr_id->operand_loc[i], | |
4274 *curr_id->operand_loc[goal_alt_matched[i][0]], | |
4275 -1))))) | |
4276 { | |
4277 /* generate reloads for input and matched outputs. */ | |
4278 match_inputs[0] = i; | |
4279 match_inputs[1] = -1; | |
4280 match_reload (goal_alt_matched[i][0], match_inputs, outputs, | |
4281 goal_alt[i], &before, &after, | |
4282 curr_static_id->operand_alternative | |
4283 [goal_alt_number * n_operands + goal_alt_matched[i][0]] | |
4284 .earlyclobber); | |
4285 } | |
4286 else if ((curr_static_id->operand[i].type == OP_OUT | |
4287 || (curr_static_id->operand[i].type == OP_INOUT | |
4288 && (operands_match_p | |
4289 (*curr_id->operand_loc[i], | |
4290 *curr_id->operand_loc[goal_alt_matched[i][0]], | |
4291 -1)))) | |
4292 && (curr_static_id->operand[goal_alt_matched[i][0]].type | |
4293 == OP_IN)) | |
4294 /* Generate reloads for output and matched inputs. */ | |
4295 match_reload (i, goal_alt_matched[i], outputs, goal_alt[i], &before, | |
4296 &after, curr_static_id->operand_alternative | |
4297 [goal_alt_number * n_operands + i].earlyclobber); | |
4298 else if (curr_static_id->operand[i].type == OP_IN | |
4299 && (curr_static_id->operand[goal_alt_matched[i][0]].type | |
4300 == OP_IN)) | |
4301 { | |
4302 /* Generate reloads for matched inputs. */ | |
4303 match_inputs[0] = i; | |
4304 for (j = 0; (k = goal_alt_matched[i][j]) >= 0; j++) | |
4305 match_inputs[j + 1] = k; | |
4306 match_inputs[j + 1] = -1; | |
4307 match_reload (-1, match_inputs, outputs, goal_alt[i], &before, | |
4308 &after, false); | |
4309 } | |
4310 else | |
4311 /* We must generate code in any case when function | |
4312 process_alt_operands decides that it is possible. */ | |
4313 gcc_unreachable (); | |
4314 | |
4315 /* Memorise processed outputs so that output remaining to be processed | |
4316 can avoid using the same register value (see match_reload). */ | |
4317 if (curr_static_id->operand[i].type == OP_OUT) | |
4318 { | |
4319 outputs[n_outputs++] = i; | |
4320 outputs[n_outputs] = -1; | |
4321 } | |
4322 | |
4323 if (optional_p) | |
4324 { | |
4325 rtx reg = op; | |
4326 | |
4327 lra_assert (REG_P (reg)); | |
4328 regno = REGNO (reg); | |
4329 op = *curr_id->operand_loc[i]; /* Substitution. */ | |
4330 if (GET_CODE (op) == SUBREG) | |
4331 op = SUBREG_REG (op); | |
4332 gcc_assert (REG_P (op) && (int) REGNO (op) >= new_regno_start); | |
4333 bitmap_set_bit (&lra_optional_reload_pseudos, REGNO (op)); | |
4334 lra_reg_info[REGNO (op)].restore_rtx = reg; | |
4335 if (lra_dump_file != NULL) | |
4336 fprintf (lra_dump_file, | |
4337 " Making reload reg %d for reg %d optional\n", | |
4338 REGNO (op), regno); | |
4339 } | |
4340 } | |
4341 if (before != NULL_RTX || after != NULL_RTX | |
4342 || max_regno_before != max_reg_num ()) | |
4343 change_p = true; | |
4344 if (change_p) | |
4345 { | |
4346 lra_update_operator_dups (curr_id); | |
4347 /* Something changes -- process the insn. */ | |
4348 lra_update_insn_regno_info (curr_insn); | |
4349 } | |
4350 lra_process_new_insns (curr_insn, before, after, "Inserting insn reload"); | |
4351 return change_p; | |
4352 } | |
4353 | |
4354 /* Return true if INSN satisfies all constraints. In other words, no | |
4355 reload insns are needed. */ | |
4356 bool | |
4357 lra_constrain_insn (rtx_insn *insn) | |
4358 { | |
4359 int saved_new_regno_start = new_regno_start; | |
4360 int saved_new_insn_uid_start = new_insn_uid_start; | |
4361 bool change_p; | |
4362 | |
4363 curr_insn = insn; | |
4364 curr_id = lra_get_insn_recog_data (curr_insn); | |
4365 curr_static_id = curr_id->insn_static_data; | |
4366 new_insn_uid_start = get_max_uid (); | |
4367 new_regno_start = max_reg_num (); | |
4368 change_p = curr_insn_transform (true); | |
4369 new_regno_start = saved_new_regno_start; | |
4370 new_insn_uid_start = saved_new_insn_uid_start; | |
4371 return ! change_p; | |
4372 } | |
4373 | |
4374 /* Return true if X is in LIST. */ | |
4375 static bool | |
4376 in_list_p (rtx x, rtx list) | |
4377 { | |
4378 for (; list != NULL_RTX; list = XEXP (list, 1)) | |
4379 if (XEXP (list, 0) == x) | |
4380 return true; | |
4381 return false; | |
4382 } | |
4383 | |
4384 /* Return true if X contains an allocatable hard register (if | |
4385 HARD_REG_P) or a (spilled if SPILLED_P) pseudo. */ | |
4386 static bool | |
4387 contains_reg_p (rtx x, bool hard_reg_p, bool spilled_p) | |
4388 { | |
4389 int i, j; | |
4390 const char *fmt; | |
4391 enum rtx_code code; | |
4392 | |
4393 code = GET_CODE (x); | |
4394 if (REG_P (x)) | |
4395 { | |
4396 int regno = REGNO (x); | |
4397 HARD_REG_SET alloc_regs; | |
4398 | |
4399 if (hard_reg_p) | |
4400 { | |
4401 if (regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
4402 regno = lra_get_regno_hard_regno (regno); | |
4403 if (regno < 0) | |
4404 return false; | |
4405 COMPL_HARD_REG_SET (alloc_regs, lra_no_alloc_regs); | |
4406 return overlaps_hard_reg_set_p (alloc_regs, GET_MODE (x), regno); | |
4407 } | |
4408 else | |
4409 { | |
4410 if (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
4411 return false; | |
4412 if (! spilled_p) | |
4413 return true; | |
4414 return lra_get_regno_hard_regno (regno) < 0; | |
4415 } | |
4416 } | |
4417 fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code); | |
4418 for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--) | |
4419 { | |
4420 if (fmt[i] == 'e') | |
4421 { | |
4422 if (contains_reg_p (XEXP (x, i), hard_reg_p, spilled_p)) | |
4423 return true; | |
4424 } | |
4425 else if (fmt[i] == 'E') | |
4426 { | |
4427 for (j = XVECLEN (x, i) - 1; j >= 0; j--) | |
4428 if (contains_reg_p (XVECEXP (x, i, j), hard_reg_p, spilled_p)) | |
4429 return true; | |
4430 } | |
4431 } | |
4432 return false; | |
4433 } | |
4434 | |
4435 /* Process all regs in location *LOC and change them on equivalent | |
4436 substitution. Return true if any change was done. */ | |
4437 static bool | |
4438 loc_equivalence_change_p (rtx *loc) | |
4439 { | |
4440 rtx subst, reg, x = *loc; | |
4441 bool result = false; | |
4442 enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (x); | |
4443 const char *fmt; | |
4444 int i, j; | |
4445 | |
4446 if (code == SUBREG) | |
4447 { | |
4448 reg = SUBREG_REG (x); | |
4449 if ((subst = get_equiv_with_elimination (reg, curr_insn)) != reg | |
4450 && GET_MODE (subst) == VOIDmode) | |
4451 { | |
4452 /* We cannot reload debug location. Simplify subreg here | |
4453 while we know the inner mode. */ | |
4454 *loc = simplify_gen_subreg (GET_MODE (x), subst, | |
4455 GET_MODE (reg), SUBREG_BYTE (x)); | |
4456 return true; | |
4457 } | |
4458 } | |
4459 if (code == REG && (subst = get_equiv_with_elimination (x, curr_insn)) != x) | |
4460 { | |
4461 *loc = subst; | |
4462 return true; | |
4463 } | |
4464 | |
4465 /* Scan all the operand sub-expressions. */ | |
4466 fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code); | |
4467 for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--) | |
4468 { | |
4469 if (fmt[i] == 'e') | |
4470 result = loc_equivalence_change_p (&XEXP (x, i)) || result; | |
4471 else if (fmt[i] == 'E') | |
4472 for (j = XVECLEN (x, i) - 1; j >= 0; j--) | |
4473 result | |
4474 = loc_equivalence_change_p (&XVECEXP (x, i, j)) || result; | |
4475 } | |
4476 return result; | |
4477 } | |
4478 | |
4479 /* Similar to loc_equivalence_change_p, but for use as | |
4480 simplify_replace_fn_rtx callback. DATA is insn for which the | |
4481 elimination is done. If it null we don't do the elimination. */ | |
4482 static rtx | |
4483 loc_equivalence_callback (rtx loc, const_rtx, void *data) | |
4484 { | |
4485 if (!REG_P (loc)) | |
4486 return NULL_RTX; | |
4487 | |
4488 rtx subst = (data == NULL | |
4489 ? get_equiv (loc) : get_equiv_with_elimination (loc, (rtx_insn *) data)); | |
4490 if (subst != loc) | |
4491 return subst; | |
4492 | |
4493 return NULL_RTX; | |
4494 } | |
4495 | |
4496 /* Maximum number of generated reload insns per an insn. It is for | |
4497 preventing this pass cycling in a bug case. */ | |
4498 #define MAX_RELOAD_INSNS_NUMBER LRA_MAX_INSN_RELOADS | |
4499 | |
4500 /* The current iteration number of this LRA pass. */ | |
4501 int lra_constraint_iter; | |
4502 | |
4503 /* True if we substituted equiv which needs checking register | |
4504 allocation correctness because the equivalent value contains | |
4505 allocatable hard registers or when we restore multi-register | |
4506 pseudo. */ | |
4507 bool lra_risky_transformations_p; | |
4508 | |
4509 /* Return true if REGNO is referenced in more than one block. */ | |
4510 static bool | |
4511 multi_block_pseudo_p (int regno) | |
4512 { | |
4513 basic_block bb = NULL; | |
4514 unsigned int uid; | |
4515 bitmap_iterator bi; | |
4516 | |
4517 if (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
4518 return false; | |
4519 | |
4520 EXECUTE_IF_SET_IN_BITMAP (&lra_reg_info[regno].insn_bitmap, 0, uid, bi) | |
4521 if (bb == NULL) | |
4522 bb = BLOCK_FOR_INSN (lra_insn_recog_data[uid]->insn); | |
4523 else if (BLOCK_FOR_INSN (lra_insn_recog_data[uid]->insn) != bb) | |
4524 return true; | |
4525 return false; | |
4526 } | |
4527 | |
4528 /* Return true if LIST contains a deleted insn. */ | |
4529 static bool | |
4530 contains_deleted_insn_p (rtx_insn_list *list) | |
4531 { | |
4532 for (; list != NULL_RTX; list = list->next ()) | |
4533 if (NOTE_P (list->insn ()) | |
4534 && NOTE_KIND (list->insn ()) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED) | |
4535 return true; | |
4536 return false; | |
4537 } | |
4538 | |
4539 /* Return true if X contains a pseudo dying in INSN. */ | |
4540 static bool | |
4541 dead_pseudo_p (rtx x, rtx_insn *insn) | |
4542 { | |
4543 int i, j; | |
4544 const char *fmt; | |
4545 enum rtx_code code; | |
4546 | |
4547 if (REG_P (x)) | |
4548 return (insn != NULL_RTX | |
4549 && find_regno_note (insn, REG_DEAD, REGNO (x)) != NULL_RTX); | |
4550 code = GET_CODE (x); | |
4551 fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code); | |
4552 for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--) | |
4553 { | |
4554 if (fmt[i] == 'e') | |
4555 { | |
4556 if (dead_pseudo_p (XEXP (x, i), insn)) | |
4557 return true; | |
4558 } | |
4559 else if (fmt[i] == 'E') | |
4560 { | |
4561 for (j = XVECLEN (x, i) - 1; j >= 0; j--) | |
4562 if (dead_pseudo_p (XVECEXP (x, i, j), insn)) | |
4563 return true; | |
4564 } | |
4565 } | |
4566 return false; | |
4567 } | |
4568 | |
4569 /* Return true if INSN contains a dying pseudo in INSN right hand | |
4570 side. */ | |
4571 static bool | |
4572 insn_rhs_dead_pseudo_p (rtx_insn *insn) | |
4573 { | |
4574 rtx set = single_set (insn); | |
4575 | |
4576 gcc_assert (set != NULL); | |
4577 return dead_pseudo_p (SET_SRC (set), insn); | |
4578 } | |
4579 | |
4580 /* Return true if any init insn of REGNO contains a dying pseudo in | |
4581 insn right hand side. */ | |
4582 static bool | |
4583 init_insn_rhs_dead_pseudo_p (int regno) | |
4584 { | |
4585 rtx_insn_list *insns = ira_reg_equiv[regno].init_insns; | |
4586 | |
4587 if (insns == NULL) | |
4588 return false; | |
4589 for (; insns != NULL_RTX; insns = insns->next ()) | |
4590 if (insn_rhs_dead_pseudo_p (insns->insn ())) | |
4591 return true; | |
4592 return false; | |
4593 } | |
4594 | |
4595 /* Return TRUE if REGNO has a reverse equivalence. The equivalence is | |
4596 reverse only if we have one init insn with given REGNO as a | |
4597 source. */ | |
4598 static bool | |
4599 reverse_equiv_p (int regno) | |
4600 { | |
4601 rtx_insn_list *insns = ira_reg_equiv[regno].init_insns; | |
4602 rtx set; | |
4603 | |
4604 if (insns == NULL) | |
4605 return false; | |
4606 if (! INSN_P (insns->insn ()) | |
4607 || insns->next () != NULL) | |
4608 return false; | |
4609 if ((set = single_set (insns->insn ())) == NULL_RTX) | |
4610 return false; | |
4611 return REG_P (SET_SRC (set)) && (int) REGNO (SET_SRC (set)) == regno; | |
4612 } | |
4613 | |
4614 /* Return TRUE if REGNO was reloaded in an equivalence init insn. We | |
4615 call this function only for non-reverse equivalence. */ | |
4616 static bool | |
4617 contains_reloaded_insn_p (int regno) | |
4618 { | |
4619 rtx set; | |
4620 rtx_insn_list *list = ira_reg_equiv[regno].init_insns; | |
4621 | |
4622 for (; list != NULL; list = list->next ()) | |
4623 if ((set = single_set (list->insn ())) == NULL_RTX | |
4624 || ! REG_P (SET_DEST (set)) | |
4625 || (int) REGNO (SET_DEST (set)) != regno) | |
4626 return true; | |
4627 return false; | |
4628 } | |
4629 | |
4630 /* Entry function of LRA constraint pass. Return true if the | |
4631 constraint pass did change the code. */ | |
4632 bool | |
4633 lra_constraints (bool first_p) | |
4634 { | |
4635 bool changed_p; | |
4636 int i, hard_regno, new_insns_num; | |
4637 unsigned int min_len, new_min_len, uid; | |
4638 rtx set, x, reg, dest_reg; | |
4639 basic_block last_bb; | |
4640 bitmap_iterator bi; | |
4641 | |
4642 lra_constraint_iter++; | |
4643 if (lra_dump_file != NULL) | |
4644 fprintf (lra_dump_file, "\n********** Local #%d: **********\n\n", | |
4645 lra_constraint_iter); | |
4646 changed_p = false; | |
4647 if (pic_offset_table_rtx | |
4648 && REGNO (pic_offset_table_rtx) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
4649 lra_risky_transformations_p = true; | |
4650 else | |
4651 /* On the first iteration we should check IRA assignment | |
4652 correctness. In rare cases, the assignments can be wrong as | |
4653 early clobbers operands are ignored in IRA. */ | |
4654 lra_risky_transformations_p = first_p; | |
4655 new_insn_uid_start = get_max_uid (); | |
4656 new_regno_start = first_p ? lra_constraint_new_regno_start : max_reg_num (); | |
4657 /* Mark used hard regs for target stack size calulations. */ | |
4658 for (i = FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i < new_regno_start; i++) | |
4659 if (lra_reg_info[i].nrefs != 0 | |
4660 && (hard_regno = lra_get_regno_hard_regno (i)) >= 0) | |
4661 { | |
4662 int j, nregs; | |
4663 | |
4664 nregs = hard_regno_nregs (hard_regno, lra_reg_info[i].biggest_mode); | |
4665 for (j = 0; j < nregs; j++) | |
4666 df_set_regs_ever_live (hard_regno + j, true); | |
4667 } | |
4668 /* Do elimination before the equivalence processing as we can spill | |
4669 some pseudos during elimination. */ | |
4670 lra_eliminate (false, first_p); | |
4671 auto_bitmap equiv_insn_bitmap (®_obstack); | |
4672 for (i = FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i < new_regno_start; i++) | |
4673 if (lra_reg_info[i].nrefs != 0) | |
4674 { | |
4675 ira_reg_equiv[i].profitable_p = true; | |
4676 reg = regno_reg_rtx[i]; | |
4677 if (lra_get_regno_hard_regno (i) < 0 && (x = get_equiv (reg)) != reg) | |
4678 { | |
4679 bool pseudo_p = contains_reg_p (x, false, false); | |
4680 | |
4681 /* After RTL transformation, we can not guarantee that | |
4682 pseudo in the substitution was not reloaded which might | |
4683 make equivalence invalid. For example, in reverse | |
4684 equiv of p0 | |
4685 | |
4686 p0 <- ... | |
4687 ... | |
4688 equiv_mem <- p0 | |
4689 | |
4690 the memory address register was reloaded before the 2nd | |
4691 insn. */ | |
4692 if ((! first_p && pseudo_p) | |
4693 /* We don't use DF for compilation speed sake. So it | |
4694 is problematic to update live info when we use an | |
4695 equivalence containing pseudos in more than one | |
4696 BB. */ | |
4697 || (pseudo_p && multi_block_pseudo_p (i)) | |
4698 /* If an init insn was deleted for some reason, cancel | |
4699 the equiv. We could update the equiv insns after | |
4700 transformations including an equiv insn deletion | |
4701 but it is not worthy as such cases are extremely | |
4702 rare. */ | |
4703 || contains_deleted_insn_p (ira_reg_equiv[i].init_insns) | |
4704 /* If it is not a reverse equivalence, we check that a | |
4705 pseudo in rhs of the init insn is not dying in the | |
4706 insn. Otherwise, the live info at the beginning of | |
4707 the corresponding BB might be wrong after we | |
4708 removed the insn. When the equiv can be a | |
4709 constant, the right hand side of the init insn can | |
4710 be a pseudo. */ | |
4711 || (! reverse_equiv_p (i) | |
4712 && (init_insn_rhs_dead_pseudo_p (i) | |
4713 /* If we reloaded the pseudo in an equivalence | |
4714 init insn, we can not remove the equiv init | |
4715 insns and the init insns might write into | |
4716 const memory in this case. */ | |
4717 || contains_reloaded_insn_p (i))) | |
4718 /* Prevent access beyond equivalent memory for | |
4719 paradoxical subregs. */ | |
4720 || (MEM_P (x) | |
4721 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (lra_reg_info[i].biggest_mode) | |
4722 > GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x)))) | |
4723 || (pic_offset_table_rtx | |
4724 && ((CONST_POOL_OK_P (PSEUDO_REGNO_MODE (i), x) | |
4725 && (targetm.preferred_reload_class | |
4726 (x, lra_get_allocno_class (i)) == NO_REGS)) | |
4727 || contains_symbol_ref_p (x)))) | |
4728 ira_reg_equiv[i].defined_p = false; | |
4729 if (contains_reg_p (x, false, true)) | |
4730 ira_reg_equiv[i].profitable_p = false; | |
4731 if (get_equiv (reg) != reg) | |
4732 bitmap_ior_into (equiv_insn_bitmap, &lra_reg_info[i].insn_bitmap); | |
4733 } | |
4734 } | |
4735 for (i = FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i < new_regno_start; i++) | |
4736 update_equiv (i); | |
4737 /* We should add all insns containing pseudos which should be | |
4738 substituted by their equivalences. */ | |
4739 EXECUTE_IF_SET_IN_BITMAP (equiv_insn_bitmap, 0, uid, bi) | |
4740 lra_push_insn_by_uid (uid); | |
4741 min_len = lra_insn_stack_length (); | |
4742 new_insns_num = 0; | |
4743 last_bb = NULL; | |
4744 changed_p = false; | |
4745 while ((new_min_len = lra_insn_stack_length ()) != 0) | |
4746 { | |
4747 curr_insn = lra_pop_insn (); | |
4748 --new_min_len; | |
4749 curr_bb = BLOCK_FOR_INSN (curr_insn); | |
4750 if (curr_bb != last_bb) | |
4751 { | |
4752 last_bb = curr_bb; | |
4753 bb_reload_num = lra_curr_reload_num; | |
4754 } | |
4755 if (min_len > new_min_len) | |
4756 { | |
4757 min_len = new_min_len; | |
4758 new_insns_num = 0; | |
4759 } | |
4760 if (new_insns_num > MAX_RELOAD_INSNS_NUMBER) | |
4761 internal_error | |
4762 ("Max. number of generated reload insns per insn is achieved (%d)\n", | |
4763 MAX_RELOAD_INSNS_NUMBER); | |
4764 new_insns_num++; | |
4765 if (DEBUG_INSN_P (curr_insn)) | |
4766 { | |
4767 /* We need to check equivalence in debug insn and change | |
4768 pseudo to the equivalent value if necessary. */ | |
4769 curr_id = lra_get_insn_recog_data (curr_insn); | |
4770 if (bitmap_bit_p (equiv_insn_bitmap, INSN_UID (curr_insn))) | |
4771 { | |
4772 rtx old = *curr_id->operand_loc[0]; | |
4773 *curr_id->operand_loc[0] | |
4774 = simplify_replace_fn_rtx (old, NULL_RTX, | |
4775 loc_equivalence_callback, curr_insn); | |
4776 if (old != *curr_id->operand_loc[0]) | |
4777 { | |
4778 lra_update_insn_regno_info (curr_insn); | |
4779 changed_p = true; | |
4780 } | |
4781 } | |
4782 } | |
4783 else if (INSN_P (curr_insn)) | |
4784 { | |
4785 if ((set = single_set (curr_insn)) != NULL_RTX) | |
4786 { | |
4787 dest_reg = SET_DEST (set); | |
4788 /* The equivalence pseudo could be set up as SUBREG in a | |
4789 case when it is a call restore insn in a mode | |
4790 different from the pseudo mode. */ | |
4791 if (GET_CODE (dest_reg) == SUBREG) | |
4792 dest_reg = SUBREG_REG (dest_reg); | |
4793 if ((REG_P (dest_reg) | |
4794 && (x = get_equiv (dest_reg)) != dest_reg | |
4795 /* Remove insns which set up a pseudo whose value | |
4796 can not be changed. Such insns might be not in | |
4797 init_insns because we don't update equiv data | |
4798 during insn transformations. | |
4799 | |
4800 As an example, let suppose that a pseudo got | |
4801 hard register and on the 1st pass was not | |
4802 changed to equivalent constant. We generate an | |
4803 additional insn setting up the pseudo because of | |
4804 secondary memory movement. Then the pseudo is | |
4805 spilled and we use the equiv constant. In this | |
4806 case we should remove the additional insn and | |
4807 this insn is not init_insns list. */ | |
4808 && (! MEM_P (x) || MEM_READONLY_P (x) | |
4809 /* Check that this is actually an insn setting | |
4810 up the equivalence. */ | |
4811 || in_list_p (curr_insn, | |
4812 ira_reg_equiv | |
4813 [REGNO (dest_reg)].init_insns))) | |
4814 || (((x = get_equiv (SET_SRC (set))) != SET_SRC (set)) | |
4815 && in_list_p (curr_insn, | |
4816 ira_reg_equiv | |
4817 [REGNO (SET_SRC (set))].init_insns))) | |
4818 { | |
4819 /* This is equiv init insn of pseudo which did not get a | |
4820 hard register -- remove the insn. */ | |
4821 if (lra_dump_file != NULL) | |
4822 { | |
4823 fprintf (lra_dump_file, | |
4824 " Removing equiv init insn %i (freq=%d)\n", | |
4825 INSN_UID (curr_insn), | |
4826 REG_FREQ_FROM_BB (BLOCK_FOR_INSN (curr_insn))); | |
4827 dump_insn_slim (lra_dump_file, curr_insn); | |
4828 } | |
4829 if (contains_reg_p (x, true, false)) | |
4830 lra_risky_transformations_p = true; | |
4831 lra_set_insn_deleted (curr_insn); | |
4832 continue; | |
4833 } | |
4834 } | |
4835 curr_id = lra_get_insn_recog_data (curr_insn); | |
4836 curr_static_id = curr_id->insn_static_data; | |
4837 init_curr_insn_input_reloads (); | |
4838 init_curr_operand_mode (); | |
4839 if (curr_insn_transform (false)) | |
4840 changed_p = true; | |
4841 /* Check non-transformed insns too for equiv change as USE | |
4842 or CLOBBER don't need reloads but can contain pseudos | |
4843 being changed on their equivalences. */ | |
4844 else if (bitmap_bit_p (equiv_insn_bitmap, INSN_UID (curr_insn)) | |
4845 && loc_equivalence_change_p (&PATTERN (curr_insn))) | |
4846 { | |
4847 lra_update_insn_regno_info (curr_insn); | |
4848 changed_p = true; | |
4849 } | |
4850 } | |
4851 } | |
4852 | |
4853 /* If we used a new hard regno, changed_p should be true because the | |
4854 hard reg is assigned to a new pseudo. */ | |
4855 if (flag_checking && !changed_p) | |
4856 { | |
4857 for (i = FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i < new_regno_start; i++) | |
4858 if (lra_reg_info[i].nrefs != 0 | |
4859 && (hard_regno = lra_get_regno_hard_regno (i)) >= 0) | |
4860 { | |
4861 int j, nregs = hard_regno_nregs (hard_regno, | |
4862 PSEUDO_REGNO_MODE (i)); | |
4863 | |
4864 for (j = 0; j < nregs; j++) | |
4865 lra_assert (df_regs_ever_live_p (hard_regno + j)); | |
4866 } | |
4867 } | |
4868 return changed_p; | |
4869 } | |
4870 | |
4871 static void initiate_invariants (void); | |
4872 static void finish_invariants (void); | |
4873 | |
4874 /* Initiate the LRA constraint pass. It is done once per | |
4875 function. */ | |
4876 void | |
4877 lra_constraints_init (void) | |
4878 { | |
4879 initiate_invariants (); | |
4880 } | |
4881 | |
4882 /* Finalize the LRA constraint pass. It is done once per | |
4883 function. */ | |
4884 void | |
4885 lra_constraints_finish (void) | |
4886 { | |
4887 finish_invariants (); | |
4888 } | |
4889 | |
4890 | |
4891 | |
4892 /* Structure describes invariants for ineheritance. */ | |
4893 struct lra_invariant | |
4894 { | |
4895 /* The order number of the invariant. */ | |
4896 int num; | |
4897 /* The invariant RTX. */ | |
4898 rtx invariant_rtx; | |
4899 /* The origin insn of the invariant. */ | |
4900 rtx_insn *insn; | |
4901 }; | |
4902 | |
4903 typedef lra_invariant invariant_t; | |
4904 typedef invariant_t *invariant_ptr_t; | |
4905 typedef const invariant_t *const_invariant_ptr_t; | |
4906 | |
4907 /* Pointer to the inheritance invariants. */ | |
4908 static vec<invariant_ptr_t> invariants; | |
4909 | |
4910 /* Allocation pool for the invariants. */ | |
4911 static object_allocator<lra_invariant> *invariants_pool; | |
4912 | |
4913 /* Hash table for the invariants. */ | |
4914 static htab_t invariant_table; | |
4915 | |
4916 /* Hash function for INVARIANT. */ | |
4917 static hashval_t | |
4918 invariant_hash (const void *invariant) | |
4919 { | |
4920 rtx inv = ((const_invariant_ptr_t) invariant)->invariant_rtx; | |
4921 return lra_rtx_hash (inv); | |
4922 } | |
4923 | |
4924 /* Equal function for invariants INVARIANT1 and INVARIANT2. */ | |
4925 static int | |
4926 invariant_eq_p (const void *invariant1, const void *invariant2) | |
4927 { | |
4928 rtx inv1 = ((const_invariant_ptr_t) invariant1)->invariant_rtx; | |
4929 rtx inv2 = ((const_invariant_ptr_t) invariant2)->invariant_rtx; | |
4930 | |
4931 return rtx_equal_p (inv1, inv2); | |
4932 } | |
4933 | |
4934 /* Insert INVARIANT_RTX into the table if it is not there yet. Return | |
4935 invariant which is in the table. */ | |
4936 static invariant_ptr_t | |
4937 insert_invariant (rtx invariant_rtx) | |
4938 { | |
4939 void **entry_ptr; | |
4940 invariant_t invariant; | |
4941 invariant_ptr_t invariant_ptr; | |
4942 | |
4943 invariant.invariant_rtx = invariant_rtx; | |
4944 entry_ptr = htab_find_slot (invariant_table, &invariant, INSERT); | |
4945 if (*entry_ptr == NULL) | |
4946 { | |
4947 invariant_ptr = invariants_pool->allocate (); | |
4948 invariant_ptr->invariant_rtx = invariant_rtx; | |
4949 invariant_ptr->insn = NULL; | |
4950 invariants.safe_push (invariant_ptr); | |
4951 *entry_ptr = (void *) invariant_ptr; | |
4952 } | |
4953 return (invariant_ptr_t) *entry_ptr; | |
4954 } | |
4955 | |
4956 /* Initiate the invariant table. */ | |
4957 static void | |
4958 initiate_invariants (void) | |
4959 { | |
4960 invariants.create (100); | |
4961 invariants_pool | |
4962 = new object_allocator<lra_invariant> ("Inheritance invariants"); | |
4963 invariant_table = htab_create (100, invariant_hash, invariant_eq_p, NULL); | |
4964 } | |
4965 | |
4966 /* Finish the invariant table. */ | |
4967 static void | |
4968 finish_invariants (void) | |
4969 { | |
4970 htab_delete (invariant_table); | |
4971 delete invariants_pool; | |
4972 invariants.release (); | |
4973 } | |
4974 | |
4975 /* Make the invariant table empty. */ | |
4976 static void | |
4977 clear_invariants (void) | |
4978 { | |
4979 htab_empty (invariant_table); | |
4980 invariants_pool->release (); | |
4981 invariants.truncate (0); | |
4982 } | |
4983 | |
4984 | |
4985 | |
4986 /* This page contains code to do inheritance/split | |
4987 transformations. */ | |
4988 | |
4989 /* Number of reloads passed so far in current EBB. */ | |
4990 static int reloads_num; | |
4991 | |
4992 /* Number of calls passed so far in current EBB. */ | |
4993 static int calls_num; | |
4994 | |
4995 /* Current reload pseudo check for validity of elements in | |
4996 USAGE_INSNS. */ | |
4997 static int curr_usage_insns_check; | |
4998 | |
4999 /* Info about last usage of registers in EBB to do inheritance/split | |
5000 transformation. Inheritance transformation is done from a spilled | |
5001 pseudo and split transformations from a hard register or a pseudo | |
5002 assigned to a hard register. */ | |
5003 struct usage_insns | |
5004 { | |
5005 /* If the value is equal to CURR_USAGE_INSNS_CHECK, then the member | |
5006 value INSNS is valid. The insns is chain of optional debug insns | |
5007 and a finishing non-debug insn using the corresponding reg. The | |
5008 value is also used to mark the registers which are set up in the | |
5009 current insn. The negated insn uid is used for this. */ | |
5010 int check; | |
5011 /* Value of global reloads_num at the last insn in INSNS. */ | |
5012 int reloads_num; | |
5013 /* Value of global reloads_nums at the last insn in INSNS. */ | |
5014 int calls_num; | |
5015 /* It can be true only for splitting. And it means that the restore | |
5016 insn should be put after insn given by the following member. */ | |
5017 bool after_p; | |
5018 /* Next insns in the current EBB which use the original reg and the | |
5019 original reg value is not changed between the current insn and | |
5020 the next insns. In order words, e.g. for inheritance, if we need | |
5021 to use the original reg value again in the next insns we can try | |
5022 to use the value in a hard register from a reload insn of the | |
5023 current insn. */ | |
5024 rtx insns; | |
5025 }; | |
5026 | |
5027 /* Map: regno -> corresponding pseudo usage insns. */ | |
5028 static struct usage_insns *usage_insns; | |
5029 | |
5030 static void | |
5031 setup_next_usage_insn (int regno, rtx insn, int reloads_num, bool after_p) | |
5032 { | |
5033 usage_insns[regno].check = curr_usage_insns_check; | |
5034 usage_insns[regno].insns = insn; | |
5035 usage_insns[regno].reloads_num = reloads_num; | |
5036 usage_insns[regno].calls_num = calls_num; | |
5037 usage_insns[regno].after_p = after_p; | |
5038 } | |
5039 | |
5040 /* The function is used to form list REGNO usages which consists of | |
5041 optional debug insns finished by a non-debug insn using REGNO. | |
5042 RELOADS_NUM is current number of reload insns processed so far. */ | |
5043 static void | |
5044 add_next_usage_insn (int regno, rtx_insn *insn, int reloads_num) | |
5045 { | |
5046 rtx next_usage_insns; | |
5047 | |
5048 if (usage_insns[regno].check == curr_usage_insns_check | |
5049 && (next_usage_insns = usage_insns[regno].insns) != NULL_RTX | |
5050 && DEBUG_INSN_P (insn)) | |
5051 { | |
5052 /* Check that we did not add the debug insn yet. */ | |
5053 if (next_usage_insns != insn | |
5054 && (GET_CODE (next_usage_insns) != INSN_LIST | |
5055 || XEXP (next_usage_insns, 0) != insn)) | |
5056 usage_insns[regno].insns = gen_rtx_INSN_LIST (VOIDmode, insn, | |
5057 next_usage_insns); | |
5058 } | |
5059 else if (NONDEBUG_INSN_P (insn)) | |
5060 setup_next_usage_insn (regno, insn, reloads_num, false); | |
5061 else | |
5062 usage_insns[regno].check = 0; | |
5063 } | |
5064 | |
5065 /* Return first non-debug insn in list USAGE_INSNS. */ | |
5066 static rtx_insn * | |
5067 skip_usage_debug_insns (rtx usage_insns) | |
5068 { | |
5069 rtx insn; | |
5070 | |
5071 /* Skip debug insns. */ | |
5072 for (insn = usage_insns; | |
5073 insn != NULL_RTX && GET_CODE (insn) == INSN_LIST; | |
5074 insn = XEXP (insn, 1)) | |
5075 ; | |
5076 return safe_as_a <rtx_insn *> (insn); | |
5077 } | |
5078 | |
5079 /* Return true if we need secondary memory moves for insn in | |
5080 USAGE_INSNS after inserting inherited pseudo of class INHER_CL | |
5081 into the insn. */ | |
5082 static bool | |
5083 check_secondary_memory_needed_p (enum reg_class inher_cl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, | |
5084 rtx usage_insns ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) | |
5085 { | |
5086 rtx_insn *insn; | |
5087 rtx set, dest; | |
5088 enum reg_class cl; | |
5089 | |
5090 if (inher_cl == ALL_REGS | |
5091 || (insn = skip_usage_debug_insns (usage_insns)) == NULL_RTX) | |
5092 return false; | |
5093 lra_assert (INSN_P (insn)); | |
5094 if ((set = single_set (insn)) == NULL_RTX || ! REG_P (SET_DEST (set))) | |
5095 return false; | |
5096 dest = SET_DEST (set); | |
5097 if (! REG_P (dest)) | |
5098 return false; | |
5099 lra_assert (inher_cl != NO_REGS); | |
5100 cl = get_reg_class (REGNO (dest)); | |
5101 return (cl != NO_REGS && cl != ALL_REGS | |
5102 && targetm.secondary_memory_needed (GET_MODE (dest), inher_cl, cl)); | |
5103 } | |
5104 | |
5105 /* Registers involved in inheritance/split in the current EBB | |
5106 (inheritance/split pseudos and original registers). */ | |
5107 static bitmap_head check_only_regs; | |
5108 | |
5109 /* Reload pseudos can not be involded in invariant inheritance in the | |
5110 current EBB. */ | |
5111 static bitmap_head invalid_invariant_regs; | |
5112 | |
5113 /* Do inheritance transformations for insn INSN, which defines (if | |
5114 DEF_P) or uses ORIGINAL_REGNO. NEXT_USAGE_INSNS specifies which | |
5115 instruction in the EBB next uses ORIGINAL_REGNO; it has the same | |
5116 form as the "insns" field of usage_insns. Return true if we | |
5117 succeed in such transformation. | |
5118 | |
5119 The transformations look like: | |
5120 | |
5121 p <- ... i <- ... | |
5122 ... p <- i (new insn) | |
5123 ... => | |
5124 <- ... p ... <- ... i ... | |
5125 or | |
5126 ... i <- p (new insn) | |
5127 <- ... p ... <- ... i ... | |
5128 ... => | |
5129 <- ... p ... <- ... i ... | |
5130 where p is a spilled original pseudo and i is a new inheritance pseudo. | |
5131 | |
5132 | |
5133 The inheritance pseudo has the smallest class of two classes CL and | |
5134 class of ORIGINAL REGNO. */ | |
5135 static bool | |
5136 inherit_reload_reg (bool def_p, int original_regno, | |
5137 enum reg_class cl, rtx_insn *insn, rtx next_usage_insns) | |
5138 { | |
5139 if (optimize_function_for_size_p (cfun)) | |
5140 return false; | |
5141 | |
5142 enum reg_class rclass = lra_get_allocno_class (original_regno); | |
5143 rtx original_reg = regno_reg_rtx[original_regno]; | |
5144 rtx new_reg, usage_insn; | |
5145 rtx_insn *new_insns; | |
5146 | |
5147 lra_assert (! usage_insns[original_regno].after_p); | |
5148 if (lra_dump_file != NULL) | |
5149 fprintf (lra_dump_file, | |
5150 " <<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<\n"); | |
5151 if (! ira_reg_classes_intersect_p[cl][rclass]) | |
5152 { | |
5153 if (lra_dump_file != NULL) | |
5154 { | |
5155 fprintf (lra_dump_file, | |
5156 " Rejecting inheritance for %d " | |
5157 "because of disjoint classes %s and %s\n", | |
5158 original_regno, reg_class_names[cl], | |
5159 reg_class_names[rclass]); | |
5160 fprintf (lra_dump_file, | |
5161 " >>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>\n"); | |
5162 } | |
5163 return false; | |
5164 } | |
5165 if ((ira_class_subset_p[cl][rclass] && cl != rclass) | |
5166 /* We don't use a subset of two classes because it can be | |
5167 NO_REGS. This transformation is still profitable in most | |
5168 cases even if the classes are not intersected as register | |
5169 move is probably cheaper than a memory load. */ | |
5170 || ira_class_hard_regs_num[cl] < ira_class_hard_regs_num[rclass]) | |
5171 { | |
5172 if (lra_dump_file != NULL) | |
5173 fprintf (lra_dump_file, " Use smallest class of %s and %s\n", | |
5174 reg_class_names[cl], reg_class_names[rclass]); | |
5175 | |
5176 rclass = cl; | |
5177 } | |
5178 if (check_secondary_memory_needed_p (rclass, next_usage_insns)) | |
5179 { | |
5180 /* Reject inheritance resulting in secondary memory moves. | |
5181 Otherwise, there is a danger in LRA cycling. Also such | |
5182 transformation will be unprofitable. */ | |
5183 if (lra_dump_file != NULL) | |
5184 { | |
5185 rtx_insn *insn = skip_usage_debug_insns (next_usage_insns); | |
5186 rtx set = single_set (insn); | |
5187 | |
5188 lra_assert (set != NULL_RTX); | |
5189 | |
5190 rtx dest = SET_DEST (set); | |
5191 | |
5192 lra_assert (REG_P (dest)); | |
5193 fprintf (lra_dump_file, | |
5194 " Rejecting inheritance for insn %d(%s)<-%d(%s) " | |
5195 "as secondary mem is needed\n", | |
5196 REGNO (dest), reg_class_names[get_reg_class (REGNO (dest))], | |
5197 original_regno, reg_class_names[rclass]); | |
5198 fprintf (lra_dump_file, | |
5199 " >>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>\n"); | |
5200 } | |
5201 return false; | |
5202 } | |
5203 new_reg = lra_create_new_reg (GET_MODE (original_reg), original_reg, | |
5204 rclass, "inheritance"); | |
5205 start_sequence (); | |
5206 if (def_p) | |
5207 lra_emit_move (original_reg, new_reg); | |
5208 else | |
5209 lra_emit_move (new_reg, original_reg); | |
5210 new_insns = get_insns (); | |
5211 end_sequence (); | |
5212 if (NEXT_INSN (new_insns) != NULL_RTX) | |
5213 { | |
5214 if (lra_dump_file != NULL) | |
5215 { | |
5216 fprintf (lra_dump_file, | |
5217 " Rejecting inheritance %d->%d " | |
5218 "as it results in 2 or more insns:\n", | |
5219 original_regno, REGNO (new_reg)); | |
5220 dump_rtl_slim (lra_dump_file, new_insns, NULL, -1, 0); | |
5221 fprintf (lra_dump_file, | |
5222 " >>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>\n"); | |
5223 } | |
5224 return false; | |
5225 } | |
5226 lra_substitute_pseudo_within_insn (insn, original_regno, new_reg, false); | |
5227 lra_update_insn_regno_info (insn); | |
5228 if (! def_p) | |
5229 /* We now have a new usage insn for original regno. */ | |
5230 setup_next_usage_insn (original_regno, new_insns, reloads_num, false); | |
5231 if (lra_dump_file != NULL) | |
5232 fprintf (lra_dump_file, " Original reg change %d->%d (bb%d):\n", | |
5233 original_regno, REGNO (new_reg), BLOCK_FOR_INSN (insn)->index); | |
5234 lra_reg_info[REGNO (new_reg)].restore_rtx = regno_reg_rtx[original_regno]; | |
5235 bitmap_set_bit (&check_only_regs, REGNO (new_reg)); | |
5236 bitmap_set_bit (&check_only_regs, original_regno); | |
5237 bitmap_set_bit (&lra_inheritance_pseudos, REGNO (new_reg)); | |
5238 if (def_p) | |
5239 lra_process_new_insns (insn, NULL, new_insns, | |
5240 "Add original<-inheritance"); | |
5241 else | |
5242 lra_process_new_insns (insn, new_insns, NULL, | |
5243 "Add inheritance<-original"); | |
5244 while (next_usage_insns != NULL_RTX) | |
5245 { | |
5246 if (GET_CODE (next_usage_insns) != INSN_LIST) | |
5247 { | |
5248 usage_insn = next_usage_insns; | |
5249 lra_assert (NONDEBUG_INSN_P (usage_insn)); | |
5250 next_usage_insns = NULL; | |
5251 } | |
5252 else | |
5253 { | |
5254 usage_insn = XEXP (next_usage_insns, 0); | |
5255 lra_assert (DEBUG_INSN_P (usage_insn)); | |
5256 next_usage_insns = XEXP (next_usage_insns, 1); | |
5257 } | |
5258 lra_substitute_pseudo (&usage_insn, original_regno, new_reg, false); | |
5259 lra_update_insn_regno_info (as_a <rtx_insn *> (usage_insn)); | |
5260 if (lra_dump_file != NULL) | |
5261 { | |
5262 fprintf (lra_dump_file, | |
5263 " Inheritance reuse change %d->%d (bb%d):\n", | |
5264 original_regno, REGNO (new_reg), | |
5265 BLOCK_FOR_INSN (usage_insn)->index); | |
5266 dump_insn_slim (lra_dump_file, as_a <rtx_insn *> (usage_insn)); | |
5267 } | |
5268 } | |
5269 if (lra_dump_file != NULL) | |
5270 fprintf (lra_dump_file, | |
5271 " >>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>\n"); | |
5272 return true; | |
5273 } | |
5274 | |
5275 /* Return true if we need a caller save/restore for pseudo REGNO which | |
5276 was assigned to a hard register. */ | |
5277 static inline bool | |
5278 need_for_call_save_p (int regno) | |
5279 { | |
5280 lra_assert (regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER && reg_renumber[regno] >= 0); | |
5281 return (usage_insns[regno].calls_num < calls_num | |
5282 && (overlaps_hard_reg_set_p | |
5283 ((flag_ipa_ra && | |
5284 ! hard_reg_set_empty_p (lra_reg_info[regno].actual_call_used_reg_set)) | |
5285 ? lra_reg_info[regno].actual_call_used_reg_set | |
5286 : call_used_reg_set, | |
5287 PSEUDO_REGNO_MODE (regno), reg_renumber[regno]) | |
5288 || (targetm.hard_regno_call_part_clobbered | |
5289 (reg_renumber[regno], PSEUDO_REGNO_MODE (regno))))); | |
5290 } | |
5291 | |
5292 /* Global registers occurring in the current EBB. */ | |
5293 static bitmap_head ebb_global_regs; | |
5294 | |
5295 /* Return true if we need a split for hard register REGNO or pseudo | |
5296 REGNO which was assigned to a hard register. | |
5297 POTENTIAL_RELOAD_HARD_REGS contains hard registers which might be | |
5298 used for reloads since the EBB end. It is an approximation of the | |
5299 used hard registers in the split range. The exact value would | |
5300 require expensive calculations. If we were aggressive with | |
5301 splitting because of the approximation, the split pseudo will save | |
5302 the same hard register assignment and will be removed in the undo | |
5303 pass. We still need the approximation because too aggressive | |
5304 splitting would result in too inaccurate cost calculation in the | |
5305 assignment pass because of too many generated moves which will be | |
5306 probably removed in the undo pass. */ | |
5307 static inline bool | |
5308 need_for_split_p (HARD_REG_SET potential_reload_hard_regs, int regno) | |
5309 { | |
5310 int hard_regno = regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER ? regno : reg_renumber[regno]; | |
5311 | |
5312 lra_assert (hard_regno >= 0); | |
5313 return ((TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (potential_reload_hard_regs, hard_regno) | |
5314 /* Don't split eliminable hard registers, otherwise we can | |
5315 split hard registers like hard frame pointer, which | |
5316 lives on BB start/end according to DF-infrastructure, | |
5317 when there is a pseudo assigned to the register and | |
5318 living in the same BB. */ | |
5319 && (regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER | |
5320 || ! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (eliminable_regset, hard_regno)) | |
5321 && ! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (lra_no_alloc_regs, hard_regno) | |
5322 /* Don't split call clobbered hard regs living through | |
5323 calls, otherwise we might have a check problem in the | |
5324 assign sub-pass as in the most cases (exception is a | |
5325 situation when lra_risky_transformations_p value is | |
5326 true) the assign pass assumes that all pseudos living | |
5327 through calls are assigned to call saved hard regs. */ | |
5328 && (regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER | |
5329 || ! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (call_used_reg_set, regno) | |
5330 || usage_insns[regno].calls_num == calls_num) | |
5331 /* We need at least 2 reloads to make pseudo splitting | |
5332 profitable. We should provide hard regno splitting in | |
5333 any case to solve 1st insn scheduling problem when | |
5334 moving hard register definition up might result in | |
5335 impossibility to find hard register for reload pseudo of | |
5336 small register class. */ | |
5337 && (usage_insns[regno].reloads_num | |
5338 + (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER ? 0 : 3) < reloads_num) | |
5339 && (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER | |
5340 /* For short living pseudos, spilling + inheritance can | |
5341 be considered a substitution for splitting. | |
5342 Therefore we do not splitting for local pseudos. It | |
5343 decreases also aggressiveness of splitting. The | |
5344 minimal number of references is chosen taking into | |
5345 account that for 2 references splitting has no sense | |
5346 as we can just spill the pseudo. */ | |
5347 || (regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER | |
5348 && lra_reg_info[regno].nrefs > 3 | |
5349 && bitmap_bit_p (&ebb_global_regs, regno)))) | |
5350 || (regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER && need_for_call_save_p (regno))); | |
5351 } | |
5352 | |
5353 /* Return class for the split pseudo created from original pseudo with | |
5354 ALLOCNO_CLASS and MODE which got a hard register HARD_REGNO. We | |
5355 choose subclass of ALLOCNO_CLASS which contains HARD_REGNO and | |
5356 results in no secondary memory movements. */ | |
5357 static enum reg_class | |
5358 choose_split_class (enum reg_class allocno_class, | |
5359 int hard_regno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, | |
5360 machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) | |
5361 { | |
5362 int i; | |
5363 enum reg_class cl, best_cl = NO_REGS; | |
5364 enum reg_class hard_reg_class ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED | |
5365 = REGNO_REG_CLASS (hard_regno); | |
5366 | |
5367 if (! targetm.secondary_memory_needed (mode, allocno_class, allocno_class) | |
5368 && TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_class_contents[allocno_class], hard_regno)) | |
5369 return allocno_class; | |
5370 for (i = 0; | |
5371 (cl = reg_class_subclasses[allocno_class][i]) != LIM_REG_CLASSES; | |
5372 i++) | |
5373 if (! targetm.secondary_memory_needed (mode, cl, hard_reg_class) | |
5374 && ! targetm.secondary_memory_needed (mode, hard_reg_class, cl) | |
5375 && TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_class_contents[cl], hard_regno) | |
5376 && (best_cl == NO_REGS | |
5377 || ira_class_hard_regs_num[best_cl] < ira_class_hard_regs_num[cl])) | |
5378 best_cl = cl; | |
5379 return best_cl; | |
5380 } | |
5381 | |
5382 /* Copy any equivalence information from ORIGINAL_REGNO to NEW_REGNO. | |
5383 It only makes sense to call this function if NEW_REGNO is always | |
5384 equal to ORIGINAL_REGNO. */ | |
5385 | |
5386 static void | |
5387 lra_copy_reg_equiv (unsigned int new_regno, unsigned int original_regno) | |
5388 { | |
5389 if (!ira_reg_equiv[original_regno].defined_p) | |
5390 return; | |
5391 | |
5392 ira_expand_reg_equiv (); | |
5393 ira_reg_equiv[new_regno].defined_p = true; | |
5394 if (ira_reg_equiv[original_regno].memory) | |
5395 ira_reg_equiv[new_regno].memory | |
5396 = copy_rtx (ira_reg_equiv[original_regno].memory); | |
5397 if (ira_reg_equiv[original_regno].constant) | |
5398 ira_reg_equiv[new_regno].constant | |
5399 = copy_rtx (ira_reg_equiv[original_regno].constant); | |
5400 if (ira_reg_equiv[original_regno].invariant) | |
5401 ira_reg_equiv[new_regno].invariant | |
5402 = copy_rtx (ira_reg_equiv[original_regno].invariant); | |
5403 } | |
5404 | |
5405 /* Do split transformations for insn INSN, which defines or uses | |
5406 ORIGINAL_REGNO. NEXT_USAGE_INSNS specifies which instruction in | |
5407 the EBB next uses ORIGINAL_REGNO; it has the same form as the | |
5408 "insns" field of usage_insns. | |
5409 | |
5410 The transformations look like: | |
5411 | |
5412 p <- ... p <- ... | |
5413 ... s <- p (new insn -- save) | |
5414 ... => | |
5415 ... p <- s (new insn -- restore) | |
5416 <- ... p ... <- ... p ... | |
5417 or | |
5418 <- ... p ... <- ... p ... | |
5419 ... s <- p (new insn -- save) | |
5420 ... => | |
5421 ... p <- s (new insn -- restore) | |
5422 <- ... p ... <- ... p ... | |
5423 | |
5424 where p is an original pseudo got a hard register or a hard | |
5425 register and s is a new split pseudo. The save is put before INSN | |
5426 if BEFORE_P is true. Return true if we succeed in such | |
5427 transformation. */ | |
5428 static bool | |
5429 split_reg (bool before_p, int original_regno, rtx_insn *insn, | |
5430 rtx next_usage_insns) | |
5431 { | |
5432 enum reg_class rclass; | |
5433 rtx original_reg; | |
5434 int hard_regno, nregs; | |
5435 rtx new_reg, usage_insn; | |
5436 rtx_insn *restore, *save; | |
5437 bool after_p; | |
5438 bool call_save_p; | |
5439 machine_mode mode; | |
5440 | |
5441 if (original_regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
5442 { | |
5443 rclass = ira_allocno_class_translate[REGNO_REG_CLASS (original_regno)]; | |
5444 hard_regno = original_regno; | |
5445 call_save_p = false; | |
5446 nregs = 1; | |
5447 mode = lra_reg_info[hard_regno].biggest_mode; | |
5448 machine_mode reg_rtx_mode = GET_MODE (regno_reg_rtx[hard_regno]); | |
5449 /* A reg can have a biggest_mode of VOIDmode if it was only ever seen | |
5450 as part of a multi-word register. In that case, or if the biggest | |
5451 mode was larger than a register, just use the reg_rtx. Otherwise, | |
5452 limit the size to that of the biggest access in the function. */ | |
5453 if (mode == VOIDmode | |
5454 || paradoxical_subreg_p (mode, reg_rtx_mode)) | |
5455 { | |
5456 original_reg = regno_reg_rtx[hard_regno]; | |
5457 mode = reg_rtx_mode; | |
5458 } | |
5459 else | |
5460 original_reg = gen_rtx_REG (mode, hard_regno); | |
5461 } | |
5462 else | |
5463 { | |
5464 mode = PSEUDO_REGNO_MODE (original_regno); | |
5465 hard_regno = reg_renumber[original_regno]; | |
5466 nregs = hard_regno_nregs (hard_regno, mode); | |
5467 rclass = lra_get_allocno_class (original_regno); | |
5468 original_reg = regno_reg_rtx[original_regno]; | |
5469 call_save_p = need_for_call_save_p (original_regno); | |
5470 } | |
5471 lra_assert (hard_regno >= 0); | |
5472 if (lra_dump_file != NULL) | |
5473 fprintf (lra_dump_file, | |
5474 " ((((((((((((((((((((((((((((((((((((((((((((((((\n"); | |
5475 | |
5476 if (call_save_p) | |
5477 { | |
5478 mode = HARD_REGNO_CALLER_SAVE_MODE (hard_regno, | |
5479 hard_regno_nregs (hard_regno, mode), | |
5480 mode); | |
5481 new_reg = lra_create_new_reg (mode, NULL_RTX, NO_REGS, "save"); | |
5482 } | |
5483 else | |
5484 { | |
5485 rclass = choose_split_class (rclass, hard_regno, mode); | |
5486 if (rclass == NO_REGS) | |
5487 { | |
5488 if (lra_dump_file != NULL) | |
5489 { | |
5490 fprintf (lra_dump_file, | |
5491 " Rejecting split of %d(%s): " | |
5492 "no good reg class for %d(%s)\n", | |
5493 original_regno, | |
5494 reg_class_names[lra_get_allocno_class (original_regno)], | |
5495 hard_regno, | |
5496 reg_class_names[REGNO_REG_CLASS (hard_regno)]); | |
5497 fprintf | |
5498 (lra_dump_file, | |
5499 " ))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))\n"); | |
5500 } | |
5501 return false; | |
5502 } | |
5503 /* Split_if_necessary can split hard registers used as part of a | |
5504 multi-register mode but splits each register individually. The | |
5505 mode used for each independent register may not be supported | |
5506 so reject the split. Splitting the wider mode should theoretically | |
5507 be possible but is not implemented. */ | |
5508 if (!targetm.hard_regno_mode_ok (hard_regno, mode)) | |
5509 { | |
5510 if (lra_dump_file != NULL) | |
5511 { | |
5512 fprintf (lra_dump_file, | |
5513 " Rejecting split of %d(%s): unsuitable mode %s\n", | |
5514 original_regno, | |
5515 reg_class_names[lra_get_allocno_class (original_regno)], | |
5516 GET_MODE_NAME (mode)); | |
5517 fprintf | |
5518 (lra_dump_file, | |
5519 " ))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))\n"); | |
5520 } | |
5521 return false; | |
5522 } | |
5523 new_reg = lra_create_new_reg (mode, original_reg, rclass, "split"); | |
5524 reg_renumber[REGNO (new_reg)] = hard_regno; | |
5525 } | |
5526 int new_regno = REGNO (new_reg); | |
5527 save = emit_spill_move (true, new_reg, original_reg); | |
5528 if (NEXT_INSN (save) != NULL_RTX && !call_save_p) | |
5529 { | |
5530 if (lra_dump_file != NULL) | |
5531 { | |
5532 fprintf | |
5533 (lra_dump_file, | |
5534 " Rejecting split %d->%d resulting in > 2 save insns:\n", | |
5535 original_regno, new_regno); | |
5536 dump_rtl_slim (lra_dump_file, save, NULL, -1, 0); | |
5537 fprintf (lra_dump_file, | |
5538 " ))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))\n"); | |
5539 } | |
5540 return false; | |
5541 } | |
5542 restore = emit_spill_move (false, new_reg, original_reg); | |
5543 if (NEXT_INSN (restore) != NULL_RTX && !call_save_p) | |
5544 { | |
5545 if (lra_dump_file != NULL) | |
5546 { | |
5547 fprintf (lra_dump_file, | |
5548 " Rejecting split %d->%d " | |
5549 "resulting in > 2 restore insns:\n", | |
5550 original_regno, new_regno); | |
5551 dump_rtl_slim (lra_dump_file, restore, NULL, -1, 0); | |
5552 fprintf (lra_dump_file, | |
5553 " ))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))\n"); | |
5554 } | |
5555 return false; | |
5556 } | |
5557 /* Transfer equivalence information to the spill register, so that | |
5558 if we fail to allocate the spill register, we have the option of | |
5559 rematerializing the original value instead of spilling to the stack. */ | |
5560 if (!HARD_REGISTER_NUM_P (original_regno) | |
5561 && mode == PSEUDO_REGNO_MODE (original_regno)) | |
5562 lra_copy_reg_equiv (new_regno, original_regno); | |
5563 after_p = usage_insns[original_regno].after_p; | |
5564 lra_reg_info[new_regno].restore_rtx = regno_reg_rtx[original_regno]; | |
5565 bitmap_set_bit (&check_only_regs, new_regno); | |
5566 bitmap_set_bit (&check_only_regs, original_regno); | |
5567 bitmap_set_bit (&lra_split_regs, new_regno); | |
5568 for (;;) | |
5569 { | |
5570 if (GET_CODE (next_usage_insns) != INSN_LIST) | |
5571 { | |
5572 usage_insn = next_usage_insns; | |
5573 break; | |
5574 } | |
5575 usage_insn = XEXP (next_usage_insns, 0); | |
5576 lra_assert (DEBUG_INSN_P (usage_insn)); | |
5577 next_usage_insns = XEXP (next_usage_insns, 1); | |
5578 lra_substitute_pseudo (&usage_insn, original_regno, new_reg, false); | |
5579 lra_update_insn_regno_info (as_a <rtx_insn *> (usage_insn)); | |
5580 if (lra_dump_file != NULL) | |
5581 { | |
5582 fprintf (lra_dump_file, " Split reuse change %d->%d:\n", | |
5583 original_regno, new_regno); | |
5584 dump_insn_slim (lra_dump_file, as_a <rtx_insn *> (usage_insn)); | |
5585 } | |
5586 } | |
5587 lra_assert (NOTE_P (usage_insn) || NONDEBUG_INSN_P (usage_insn)); | |
5588 lra_assert (usage_insn != insn || (after_p && before_p)); | |
5589 lra_process_new_insns (as_a <rtx_insn *> (usage_insn), | |
5590 after_p ? NULL : restore, | |
5591 after_p ? restore : NULL, | |
5592 call_save_p | |
5593 ? "Add reg<-save" : "Add reg<-split"); | |
5594 lra_process_new_insns (insn, before_p ? save : NULL, | |
5595 before_p ? NULL : save, | |
5596 call_save_p | |
5597 ? "Add save<-reg" : "Add split<-reg"); | |
5598 if (nregs > 1) | |
5599 /* If we are trying to split multi-register. We should check | |
5600 conflicts on the next assignment sub-pass. IRA can allocate on | |
5601 sub-register levels, LRA do this on pseudos level right now and | |
5602 this discrepancy may create allocation conflicts after | |
5603 splitting. */ | |
5604 lra_risky_transformations_p = true; | |
5605 if (lra_dump_file != NULL) | |
5606 fprintf (lra_dump_file, | |
5607 " ))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))))\n"); | |
5608 return true; | |
5609 } | |
5610 | |
5611 /* Recognize that we need a split transformation for insn INSN, which | |
5612 defines or uses REGNO in its insn biggest MODE (we use it only if | |
5613 REGNO is a hard register). POTENTIAL_RELOAD_HARD_REGS contains | |
5614 hard registers which might be used for reloads since the EBB end. | |
5615 Put the save before INSN if BEFORE_P is true. MAX_UID is maximla | |
5616 uid before starting INSN processing. Return true if we succeed in | |
5617 such transformation. */ | |
5618 static bool | |
5619 split_if_necessary (int regno, machine_mode mode, | |
5620 HARD_REG_SET potential_reload_hard_regs, | |
5621 bool before_p, rtx_insn *insn, int max_uid) | |
5622 { | |
5623 bool res = false; | |
5624 int i, nregs = 1; | |
5625 rtx next_usage_insns; | |
5626 | |
5627 if (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
5628 nregs = hard_regno_nregs (regno, mode); | |
5629 for (i = 0; i < nregs; i++) | |
5630 if (usage_insns[regno + i].check == curr_usage_insns_check | |
5631 && (next_usage_insns = usage_insns[regno + i].insns) != NULL_RTX | |
5632 /* To avoid processing the register twice or more. */ | |
5633 && ((GET_CODE (next_usage_insns) != INSN_LIST | |
5634 && INSN_UID (next_usage_insns) < max_uid) | |
5635 || (GET_CODE (next_usage_insns) == INSN_LIST | |
5636 && (INSN_UID (XEXP (next_usage_insns, 0)) < max_uid))) | |
5637 && need_for_split_p (potential_reload_hard_regs, regno + i) | |
5638 && split_reg (before_p, regno + i, insn, next_usage_insns)) | |
5639 res = true; | |
5640 return res; | |
5641 } | |
5642 | |
5643 /* Return TRUE if rtx X is considered as an invariant for | |
5644 inheritance. */ | |
5645 static bool | |
5646 invariant_p (const_rtx x) | |
5647 { | |
5648 machine_mode mode; | |
5649 const char *fmt; | |
5650 enum rtx_code code; | |
5651 int i, j; | |
5652 | |
5653 code = GET_CODE (x); | |
5654 mode = GET_MODE (x); | |
5655 if (code == SUBREG) | |
5656 { | |
5657 x = SUBREG_REG (x); | |
5658 code = GET_CODE (x); | |
5659 mode = wider_subreg_mode (mode, GET_MODE (x)); | |
5660 } | |
5661 | |
5662 if (MEM_P (x)) | |
5663 return false; | |
5664 | |
5665 if (REG_P (x)) | |
5666 { | |
5667 int i, nregs, regno = REGNO (x); | |
5668 | |
5669 if (regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER || regno == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM | |
5670 || TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (eliminable_regset, regno) | |
5671 || GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (x)) == MODE_CC) | |
5672 return false; | |
5673 nregs = hard_regno_nregs (regno, mode); | |
5674 for (i = 0; i < nregs; i++) | |
5675 if (! fixed_regs[regno + i] | |
5676 /* A hard register may be clobbered in the current insn | |
5677 but we can ignore this case because if the hard | |
5678 register is used it should be set somewhere after the | |
5679 clobber. */ | |
5680 || bitmap_bit_p (&invalid_invariant_regs, regno + i)) | |
5681 return false; | |
5682 } | |
5683 fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code); | |
5684 for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--) | |
5685 { | |
5686 if (fmt[i] == 'e') | |
5687 { | |
5688 if (! invariant_p (XEXP (x, i))) | |
5689 return false; | |
5690 } | |
5691 else if (fmt[i] == 'E') | |
5692 { | |
5693 for (j = XVECLEN (x, i) - 1; j >= 0; j--) | |
5694 if (! invariant_p (XVECEXP (x, i, j))) | |
5695 return false; | |
5696 } | |
5697 } | |
5698 return true; | |
5699 } | |
5700 | |
5701 /* We have 'dest_reg <- invariant'. Let us try to make an invariant | |
5702 inheritance transformation (using dest_reg instead invariant in a | |
5703 subsequent insn). */ | |
5704 static bool | |
5705 process_invariant_for_inheritance (rtx dst_reg, rtx invariant_rtx) | |
5706 { | |
5707 invariant_ptr_t invariant_ptr; | |
5708 rtx_insn *insn, *new_insns; | |
5709 rtx insn_set, insn_reg, new_reg; | |
5710 int insn_regno; | |
5711 bool succ_p = false; | |
5712 int dst_regno = REGNO (dst_reg); | |
5713 machine_mode dst_mode = GET_MODE (dst_reg); | |
5714 enum reg_class cl = lra_get_allocno_class (dst_regno), insn_reg_cl; | |
5715 | |
5716 invariant_ptr = insert_invariant (invariant_rtx); | |
5717 if ((insn = invariant_ptr->insn) != NULL_RTX) | |
5718 { | |
5719 /* We have a subsequent insn using the invariant. */ | |
5720 insn_set = single_set (insn); | |
5721 lra_assert (insn_set != NULL); | |
5722 insn_reg = SET_DEST (insn_set); | |
5723 lra_assert (REG_P (insn_reg)); | |
5724 insn_regno = REGNO (insn_reg); | |
5725 insn_reg_cl = lra_get_allocno_class (insn_regno); | |
5726 | |
5727 if (dst_mode == GET_MODE (insn_reg) | |
5728 /* We should consider only result move reg insns which are | |
5729 cheap. */ | |
5730 && targetm.register_move_cost (dst_mode, cl, insn_reg_cl) == 2 | |
5731 && targetm.register_move_cost (dst_mode, cl, cl) == 2) | |
5732 { | |
5733 if (lra_dump_file != NULL) | |
5734 fprintf (lra_dump_file, | |
5735 " [[[[[[[[[[[[[[[[[[[[[[[[[[[[[[[[[[[[[[[[[[[[[[[[[[\n"); | |
5736 new_reg = lra_create_new_reg (dst_mode, dst_reg, | |
5737 cl, "invariant inheritance"); | |
5738 bitmap_set_bit (&lra_inheritance_pseudos, REGNO (new_reg)); | |
5739 bitmap_set_bit (&check_only_regs, REGNO (new_reg)); | |
5740 lra_reg_info[REGNO (new_reg)].restore_rtx = PATTERN (insn); | |
5741 start_sequence (); | |
5742 lra_emit_move (new_reg, dst_reg); | |
5743 new_insns = get_insns (); | |
5744 end_sequence (); | |
5745 lra_process_new_insns (curr_insn, NULL, new_insns, | |
5746 "Add invariant inheritance<-original"); | |
5747 start_sequence (); | |
5748 lra_emit_move (SET_DEST (insn_set), new_reg); | |
5749 new_insns = get_insns (); | |
5750 end_sequence (); | |
5751 lra_process_new_insns (insn, NULL, new_insns, | |
5752 "Changing reload<-inheritance"); | |
5753 lra_set_insn_deleted (insn); | |
5754 succ_p = true; | |
5755 if (lra_dump_file != NULL) | |
5756 { | |
5757 fprintf (lra_dump_file, | |
5758 " Invariant inheritance reuse change %d (bb%d):\n", | |
5759 REGNO (new_reg), BLOCK_FOR_INSN (insn)->index); | |
5760 dump_insn_slim (lra_dump_file, insn); | |
5761 fprintf (lra_dump_file, | |
5762 " ]]]]]]]]]]]]]]]]]]]]]]]]]]]]]]]]]]]]]]]]]]]]]]]]]]]]\n"); | |
5763 } | |
5764 } | |
5765 } | |
5766 invariant_ptr->insn = curr_insn; | |
5767 return succ_p; | |
5768 } | |
5769 | |
5770 /* Check only registers living at the current program point in the | |
5771 current EBB. */ | |
5772 static bitmap_head live_regs; | |
5773 | |
5774 /* Update live info in EBB given by its HEAD and TAIL insns after | |
5775 inheritance/split transformation. The function removes dead moves | |
5776 too. */ | |
5777 static void | |
5778 update_ebb_live_info (rtx_insn *head, rtx_insn *tail) | |
5779 { | |
5780 unsigned int j; | |
5781 int i, regno; | |
5782 bool live_p; | |
5783 rtx_insn *prev_insn; | |
5784 rtx set; | |
5785 bool remove_p; | |
5786 basic_block last_bb, prev_bb, curr_bb; | |
5787 bitmap_iterator bi; | |
5788 struct lra_insn_reg *reg; | |
5789 edge e; | |
5790 edge_iterator ei; | |
5791 | |
5792 last_bb = BLOCK_FOR_INSN (tail); | |
5793 prev_bb = NULL; | |
5794 for (curr_insn = tail; | |
5795 curr_insn != PREV_INSN (head); | |
5796 curr_insn = prev_insn) | |
5797 { | |
5798 prev_insn = PREV_INSN (curr_insn); | |
5799 /* We need to process empty blocks too. They contain | |
5800 NOTE_INSN_BASIC_BLOCK referring for the basic block. */ | |
5801 if (NOTE_P (curr_insn) && NOTE_KIND (curr_insn) != NOTE_INSN_BASIC_BLOCK) | |
5802 continue; | |
5803 curr_bb = BLOCK_FOR_INSN (curr_insn); | |
5804 if (curr_bb != prev_bb) | |
5805 { | |
5806 if (prev_bb != NULL) | |
5807 { | |
5808 /* Update df_get_live_in (prev_bb): */ | |
5809 EXECUTE_IF_SET_IN_BITMAP (&check_only_regs, 0, j, bi) | |
5810 if (bitmap_bit_p (&live_regs, j)) | |
5811 bitmap_set_bit (df_get_live_in (prev_bb), j); | |
5812 else | |
5813 bitmap_clear_bit (df_get_live_in (prev_bb), j); | |
5814 } | |
5815 if (curr_bb != last_bb) | |
5816 { | |
5817 /* Update df_get_live_out (curr_bb): */ | |
5818 EXECUTE_IF_SET_IN_BITMAP (&check_only_regs, 0, j, bi) | |
5819 { | |
5820 live_p = bitmap_bit_p (&live_regs, j); | |
5821 if (! live_p) | |
5822 FOR_EACH_EDGE (e, ei, curr_bb->succs) | |
5823 if (bitmap_bit_p (df_get_live_in (e->dest), j)) | |
5824 { | |
5825 live_p = true; | |
5826 break; | |
5827 } | |
5828 if (live_p) | |
5829 bitmap_set_bit (df_get_live_out (curr_bb), j); | |
5830 else | |
5831 bitmap_clear_bit (df_get_live_out (curr_bb), j); | |
5832 } | |
5833 } | |
5834 prev_bb = curr_bb; | |
5835 bitmap_and (&live_regs, &check_only_regs, df_get_live_out (curr_bb)); | |
5836 } | |
5837 if (! NONDEBUG_INSN_P (curr_insn)) | |
5838 continue; | |
5839 curr_id = lra_get_insn_recog_data (curr_insn); | |
5840 curr_static_id = curr_id->insn_static_data; | |
5841 remove_p = false; | |
5842 if ((set = single_set (curr_insn)) != NULL_RTX | |
5843 && REG_P (SET_DEST (set)) | |
5844 && (regno = REGNO (SET_DEST (set))) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER | |
5845 && SET_DEST (set) != pic_offset_table_rtx | |
5846 && bitmap_bit_p (&check_only_regs, regno) | |
5847 && ! bitmap_bit_p (&live_regs, regno)) | |
5848 remove_p = true; | |
5849 /* See which defined values die here. */ | |
5850 for (reg = curr_id->regs; reg != NULL; reg = reg->next) | |
5851 if (reg->type == OP_OUT && ! reg->subreg_p) | |
5852 bitmap_clear_bit (&live_regs, reg->regno); | |
5853 for (reg = curr_static_id->hard_regs; reg != NULL; reg = reg->next) | |
5854 if (reg->type == OP_OUT && ! reg->subreg_p) | |
5855 bitmap_clear_bit (&live_regs, reg->regno); | |
5856 if (curr_id->arg_hard_regs != NULL) | |
5857 /* Make clobbered argument hard registers die. */ | |
5858 for (i = 0; (regno = curr_id->arg_hard_regs[i]) >= 0; i++) | |
5859 if (regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
5860 bitmap_clear_bit (&live_regs, regno - FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER); | |
5861 /* Mark each used value as live. */ | |
5862 for (reg = curr_id->regs; reg != NULL; reg = reg->next) | |
5863 if (reg->type != OP_OUT | |
5864 && bitmap_bit_p (&check_only_regs, reg->regno)) | |
5865 bitmap_set_bit (&live_regs, reg->regno); | |
5866 for (reg = curr_static_id->hard_regs; reg != NULL; reg = reg->next) | |
5867 if (reg->type != OP_OUT | |
5868 && bitmap_bit_p (&check_only_regs, reg->regno)) | |
5869 bitmap_set_bit (&live_regs, reg->regno); | |
5870 if (curr_id->arg_hard_regs != NULL) | |
5871 /* Make used argument hard registers live. */ | |
5872 for (i = 0; (regno = curr_id->arg_hard_regs[i]) >= 0; i++) | |
5873 if (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER | |
5874 && bitmap_bit_p (&check_only_regs, regno)) | |
5875 bitmap_set_bit (&live_regs, regno); | |
5876 /* It is quite important to remove dead move insns because it | |
5877 means removing dead store. We don't need to process them for | |
5878 constraints. */ | |
5879 if (remove_p) | |
5880 { | |
5881 if (lra_dump_file != NULL) | |
5882 { | |
5883 fprintf (lra_dump_file, " Removing dead insn:\n "); | |
5884 dump_insn_slim (lra_dump_file, curr_insn); | |
5885 } | |
5886 lra_set_insn_deleted (curr_insn); | |
5887 } | |
5888 } | |
5889 } | |
5890 | |
5891 /* The structure describes info to do an inheritance for the current | |
5892 insn. We need to collect such info first before doing the | |
5893 transformations because the transformations change the insn | |
5894 internal representation. */ | |
5895 struct to_inherit | |
5896 { | |
5897 /* Original regno. */ | |
5898 int regno; | |
5899 /* Subsequent insns which can inherit original reg value. */ | |
5900 rtx insns; | |
5901 }; | |
5902 | |
5903 /* Array containing all info for doing inheritance from the current | |
5904 insn. */ | |
5905 static struct to_inherit to_inherit[LRA_MAX_INSN_RELOADS]; | |
5906 | |
5907 /* Number elements in the previous array. */ | |
5908 static int to_inherit_num; | |
5909 | |
5910 /* Add inheritance info REGNO and INSNS. Their meaning is described in | |
5911 structure to_inherit. */ | |
5912 static void | |
5913 add_to_inherit (int regno, rtx insns) | |
5914 { | |
5915 int i; | |
5916 | |
5917 for (i = 0; i < to_inherit_num; i++) | |
5918 if (to_inherit[i].regno == regno) | |
5919 return; | |
5920 lra_assert (to_inherit_num < LRA_MAX_INSN_RELOADS); | |
5921 to_inherit[to_inherit_num].regno = regno; | |
5922 to_inherit[to_inherit_num++].insns = insns; | |
5923 } | |
5924 | |
5925 /* Return the last non-debug insn in basic block BB, or the block begin | |
5926 note if none. */ | |
5927 static rtx_insn * | |
5928 get_last_insertion_point (basic_block bb) | |
5929 { | |
5930 rtx_insn *insn; | |
5931 | |
5932 FOR_BB_INSNS_REVERSE (bb, insn) | |
5933 if (NONDEBUG_INSN_P (insn) || NOTE_INSN_BASIC_BLOCK_P (insn)) | |
5934 return insn; | |
5935 gcc_unreachable (); | |
5936 } | |
5937 | |
5938 /* Set up RES by registers living on edges FROM except the edge (FROM, | |
5939 TO) or by registers set up in a jump insn in BB FROM. */ | |
5940 static void | |
5941 get_live_on_other_edges (basic_block from, basic_block to, bitmap res) | |
5942 { | |
5943 rtx_insn *last; | |
5944 struct lra_insn_reg *reg; | |
5945 edge e; | |
5946 edge_iterator ei; | |
5947 | |
5948 lra_assert (to != NULL); | |
5949 bitmap_clear (res); | |
5950 FOR_EACH_EDGE (e, ei, from->succs) | |
5951 if (e->dest != to) | |
5952 bitmap_ior_into (res, df_get_live_in (e->dest)); | |
5953 last = get_last_insertion_point (from); | |
5954 if (! JUMP_P (last)) | |
5955 return; | |
5956 curr_id = lra_get_insn_recog_data (last); | |
5957 for (reg = curr_id->regs; reg != NULL; reg = reg->next) | |
5958 if (reg->type != OP_IN) | |
5959 bitmap_set_bit (res, reg->regno); | |
5960 } | |
5961 | |
5962 /* Used as a temporary results of some bitmap calculations. */ | |
5963 static bitmap_head temp_bitmap; | |
5964 | |
5965 /* We split for reloads of small class of hard regs. The following | |
5966 defines how many hard regs the class should have to be qualified as | |
5967 small. The code is mostly oriented to x86/x86-64 architecture | |
5968 where some insns need to use only specific register or pair of | |
5969 registers and these register can live in RTL explicitly, e.g. for | |
5970 parameter passing. */ | |
5971 static const int max_small_class_regs_num = 2; | |
5972 | |
5973 /* Do inheritance/split transformations in EBB starting with HEAD and | |
5974 finishing on TAIL. We process EBB insns in the reverse order. | |
5975 Return true if we did any inheritance/split transformation in the | |
5976 EBB. | |
5977 | |
5978 We should avoid excessive splitting which results in worse code | |
5979 because of inaccurate cost calculations for spilling new split | |
5980 pseudos in such case. To achieve this we do splitting only if | |
5981 register pressure is high in given basic block and there are reload | |
5982 pseudos requiring hard registers. We could do more register | |
5983 pressure calculations at any given program point to avoid necessary | |
5984 splitting even more but it is to expensive and the current approach | |
5985 works well enough. */ | |
5986 static bool | |
5987 inherit_in_ebb (rtx_insn *head, rtx_insn *tail) | |
5988 { | |
5989 int i, src_regno, dst_regno, nregs; | |
5990 bool change_p, succ_p, update_reloads_num_p; | |
5991 rtx_insn *prev_insn, *last_insn; | |
5992 rtx next_usage_insns, curr_set; | |
5993 enum reg_class cl; | |
5994 struct lra_insn_reg *reg; | |
5995 basic_block last_processed_bb, curr_bb = NULL; | |
5996 HARD_REG_SET potential_reload_hard_regs, live_hard_regs; | |
5997 bitmap to_process; | |
5998 unsigned int j; | |
5999 bitmap_iterator bi; | |
6000 bool head_p, after_p; | |
6001 | |
6002 change_p = false; | |
6003 curr_usage_insns_check++; | |
6004 clear_invariants (); | |
6005 reloads_num = calls_num = 0; | |
6006 bitmap_clear (&check_only_regs); | |
6007 bitmap_clear (&invalid_invariant_regs); | |
6008 last_processed_bb = NULL; | |
6009 CLEAR_HARD_REG_SET (potential_reload_hard_regs); | |
6010 COPY_HARD_REG_SET (live_hard_regs, eliminable_regset); | |
6011 IOR_HARD_REG_SET (live_hard_regs, lra_no_alloc_regs); | |
6012 /* We don't process new insns generated in the loop. */ | |
6013 for (curr_insn = tail; curr_insn != PREV_INSN (head); curr_insn = prev_insn) | |
6014 { | |
6015 prev_insn = PREV_INSN (curr_insn); | |
6016 if (BLOCK_FOR_INSN (curr_insn) != NULL) | |
6017 curr_bb = BLOCK_FOR_INSN (curr_insn); | |
6018 if (last_processed_bb != curr_bb) | |
6019 { | |
6020 /* We are at the end of BB. Add qualified living | |
6021 pseudos for potential splitting. */ | |
6022 to_process = df_get_live_out (curr_bb); | |
6023 if (last_processed_bb != NULL) | |
6024 { | |
6025 /* We are somewhere in the middle of EBB. */ | |
6026 get_live_on_other_edges (curr_bb, last_processed_bb, | |
6027 &temp_bitmap); | |
6028 to_process = &temp_bitmap; | |
6029 } | |
6030 last_processed_bb = curr_bb; | |
6031 last_insn = get_last_insertion_point (curr_bb); | |
6032 after_p = (! JUMP_P (last_insn) | |
6033 && (! CALL_P (last_insn) | |
6034 || (find_reg_note (last_insn, | |
6035 REG_NORETURN, NULL_RTX) == NULL_RTX | |
6036 && ! SIBLING_CALL_P (last_insn)))); | |
6037 CLEAR_HARD_REG_SET (potential_reload_hard_regs); | |
6038 EXECUTE_IF_SET_IN_BITMAP (to_process, 0, j, bi) | |
6039 { | |
6040 if ((int) j >= lra_constraint_new_regno_start) | |
6041 break; | |
6042 if (j < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER || reg_renumber[j] >= 0) | |
6043 { | |
6044 if (j < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
6045 SET_HARD_REG_BIT (live_hard_regs, j); | |
6046 else | |
6047 add_to_hard_reg_set (&live_hard_regs, | |
6048 PSEUDO_REGNO_MODE (j), | |
6049 reg_renumber[j]); | |
6050 setup_next_usage_insn (j, last_insn, reloads_num, after_p); | |
6051 } | |
6052 } | |
6053 } | |
6054 src_regno = dst_regno = -1; | |
6055 curr_set = single_set (curr_insn); | |
6056 if (curr_set != NULL_RTX && REG_P (SET_DEST (curr_set))) | |
6057 dst_regno = REGNO (SET_DEST (curr_set)); | |
6058 if (curr_set != NULL_RTX && REG_P (SET_SRC (curr_set))) | |
6059 src_regno = REGNO (SET_SRC (curr_set)); | |
6060 update_reloads_num_p = true; | |
6061 if (src_regno < lra_constraint_new_regno_start | |
6062 && src_regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER | |
6063 && reg_renumber[src_regno] < 0 | |
6064 && dst_regno >= lra_constraint_new_regno_start | |
6065 && (cl = lra_get_allocno_class (dst_regno)) != NO_REGS) | |
6066 { | |
6067 /* 'reload_pseudo <- original_pseudo'. */ | |
6068 if (ira_class_hard_regs_num[cl] <= max_small_class_regs_num) | |
6069 reloads_num++; | |
6070 update_reloads_num_p = false; | |
6071 succ_p = false; | |
6072 if (usage_insns[src_regno].check == curr_usage_insns_check | |
6073 && (next_usage_insns = usage_insns[src_regno].insns) != NULL_RTX) | |
6074 succ_p = inherit_reload_reg (false, src_regno, cl, | |
6075 curr_insn, next_usage_insns); | |
6076 if (succ_p) | |
6077 change_p = true; | |
6078 else | |
6079 setup_next_usage_insn (src_regno, curr_insn, reloads_num, false); | |
6080 if (hard_reg_set_subset_p (reg_class_contents[cl], live_hard_regs)) | |
6081 IOR_HARD_REG_SET (potential_reload_hard_regs, | |
6082 reg_class_contents[cl]); | |
6083 } | |
6084 else if (src_regno < 0 | |
6085 && dst_regno >= lra_constraint_new_regno_start | |
6086 && invariant_p (SET_SRC (curr_set)) | |
6087 && (cl = lra_get_allocno_class (dst_regno)) != NO_REGS | |
6088 && ! bitmap_bit_p (&invalid_invariant_regs, dst_regno) | |
6089 && ! bitmap_bit_p (&invalid_invariant_regs, | |
6090 ORIGINAL_REGNO(regno_reg_rtx[dst_regno]))) | |
6091 { | |
6092 /* 'reload_pseudo <- invariant'. */ | |
6093 if (ira_class_hard_regs_num[cl] <= max_small_class_regs_num) | |
6094 reloads_num++; | |
6095 update_reloads_num_p = false; | |
6096 if (process_invariant_for_inheritance (SET_DEST (curr_set), SET_SRC (curr_set))) | |
6097 change_p = true; | |
6098 if (hard_reg_set_subset_p (reg_class_contents[cl], live_hard_regs)) | |
6099 IOR_HARD_REG_SET (potential_reload_hard_regs, | |
6100 reg_class_contents[cl]); | |
6101 } | |
6102 else if (src_regno >= lra_constraint_new_regno_start | |
6103 && dst_regno < lra_constraint_new_regno_start | |
6104 && dst_regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER | |
6105 && reg_renumber[dst_regno] < 0 | |
6106 && (cl = lra_get_allocno_class (src_regno)) != NO_REGS | |
6107 && usage_insns[dst_regno].check == curr_usage_insns_check | |
6108 && (next_usage_insns | |
6109 = usage_insns[dst_regno].insns) != NULL_RTX) | |
6110 { | |
6111 if (ira_class_hard_regs_num[cl] <= max_small_class_regs_num) | |
6112 reloads_num++; | |
6113 update_reloads_num_p = false; | |
6114 /* 'original_pseudo <- reload_pseudo'. */ | |
6115 if (! JUMP_P (curr_insn) | |
6116 && inherit_reload_reg (true, dst_regno, cl, | |
6117 curr_insn, next_usage_insns)) | |
6118 change_p = true; | |
6119 /* Invalidate. */ | |
6120 usage_insns[dst_regno].check = 0; | |
6121 if (hard_reg_set_subset_p (reg_class_contents[cl], live_hard_regs)) | |
6122 IOR_HARD_REG_SET (potential_reload_hard_regs, | |
6123 reg_class_contents[cl]); | |
6124 } | |
6125 else if (INSN_P (curr_insn)) | |
6126 { | |
6127 int iter; | |
6128 int max_uid = get_max_uid (); | |
6129 | |
6130 curr_id = lra_get_insn_recog_data (curr_insn); | |
6131 curr_static_id = curr_id->insn_static_data; | |
6132 to_inherit_num = 0; | |
6133 /* Process insn definitions. */ | |
6134 for (iter = 0; iter < 2; iter++) | |
6135 for (reg = iter == 0 ? curr_id->regs : curr_static_id->hard_regs; | |
6136 reg != NULL; | |
6137 reg = reg->next) | |
6138 if (reg->type != OP_IN | |
6139 && (dst_regno = reg->regno) < lra_constraint_new_regno_start) | |
6140 { | |
6141 if (dst_regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER && reg->type == OP_OUT | |
6142 && reg_renumber[dst_regno] < 0 && ! reg->subreg_p | |
6143 && usage_insns[dst_regno].check == curr_usage_insns_check | |
6144 && (next_usage_insns | |
6145 = usage_insns[dst_regno].insns) != NULL_RTX) | |
6146 { | |
6147 struct lra_insn_reg *r; | |
6148 | |
6149 for (r = curr_id->regs; r != NULL; r = r->next) | |
6150 if (r->type != OP_OUT && r->regno == dst_regno) | |
6151 break; | |
6152 /* Don't do inheritance if the pseudo is also | |
6153 used in the insn. */ | |
6154 if (r == NULL) | |
6155 /* We can not do inheritance right now | |
6156 because the current insn reg info (chain | |
6157 regs) can change after that. */ | |
6158 add_to_inherit (dst_regno, next_usage_insns); | |
6159 } | |
6160 /* We can not process one reg twice here because of | |
6161 usage_insns invalidation. */ | |
6162 if ((dst_regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER | |
6163 || reg_renumber[dst_regno] >= 0) | |
6164 && ! reg->subreg_p && reg->type != OP_IN) | |
6165 { | |
6166 HARD_REG_SET s; | |
6167 | |
6168 if (split_if_necessary (dst_regno, reg->biggest_mode, | |
6169 potential_reload_hard_regs, | |
6170 false, curr_insn, max_uid)) | |
6171 change_p = true; | |
6172 CLEAR_HARD_REG_SET (s); | |
6173 if (dst_regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
6174 add_to_hard_reg_set (&s, reg->biggest_mode, dst_regno); | |
6175 else | |
6176 add_to_hard_reg_set (&s, PSEUDO_REGNO_MODE (dst_regno), | |
6177 reg_renumber[dst_regno]); | |
6178 AND_COMPL_HARD_REG_SET (live_hard_regs, s); | |
6179 } | |
6180 /* We should invalidate potential inheritance or | |
6181 splitting for the current insn usages to the next | |
6182 usage insns (see code below) as the output pseudo | |
6183 prevents this. */ | |
6184 if ((dst_regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER | |
6185 && reg_renumber[dst_regno] < 0) | |
6186 || (reg->type == OP_OUT && ! reg->subreg_p | |
6187 && (dst_regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER | |
6188 || reg_renumber[dst_regno] >= 0))) | |
6189 { | |
6190 /* Invalidate and mark definitions. */ | |
6191 if (dst_regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
6192 usage_insns[dst_regno].check = -(int) INSN_UID (curr_insn); | |
6193 else | |
6194 { | |
6195 nregs = hard_regno_nregs (dst_regno, | |
6196 reg->biggest_mode); | |
6197 for (i = 0; i < nregs; i++) | |
6198 usage_insns[dst_regno + i].check | |
6199 = -(int) INSN_UID (curr_insn); | |
6200 } | |
6201 } | |
6202 } | |
6203 /* Process clobbered call regs. */ | |
6204 if (curr_id->arg_hard_regs != NULL) | |
6205 for (i = 0; (dst_regno = curr_id->arg_hard_regs[i]) >= 0; i++) | |
6206 if (dst_regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
6207 usage_insns[dst_regno - FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER].check | |
6208 = -(int) INSN_UID (curr_insn); | |
6209 if (! JUMP_P (curr_insn)) | |
6210 for (i = 0; i < to_inherit_num; i++) | |
6211 if (inherit_reload_reg (true, to_inherit[i].regno, | |
6212 ALL_REGS, curr_insn, | |
6213 to_inherit[i].insns)) | |
6214 change_p = true; | |
6215 if (CALL_P (curr_insn)) | |
6216 { | |
6217 rtx cheap, pat, dest; | |
6218 rtx_insn *restore; | |
6219 int regno, hard_regno; | |
6220 | |
6221 calls_num++; | |
6222 if ((cheap = find_reg_note (curr_insn, | |
6223 REG_RETURNED, NULL_RTX)) != NULL_RTX | |
6224 && ((cheap = XEXP (cheap, 0)), true) | |
6225 && (regno = REGNO (cheap)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER | |
6226 && (hard_regno = reg_renumber[regno]) >= 0 | |
6227 && usage_insns[regno].check == curr_usage_insns_check | |
6228 /* If there are pending saves/restores, the | |
6229 optimization is not worth. */ | |
6230 && usage_insns[regno].calls_num == calls_num - 1 | |
6231 && TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (call_used_reg_set, hard_regno)) | |
6232 { | |
6233 /* Restore the pseudo from the call result as | |
6234 REG_RETURNED note says that the pseudo value is | |
6235 in the call result and the pseudo is an argument | |
6236 of the call. */ | |
6237 pat = PATTERN (curr_insn); | |
6238 if (GET_CODE (pat) == PARALLEL) | |
6239 pat = XVECEXP (pat, 0, 0); | |
6240 dest = SET_DEST (pat); | |
6241 /* For multiple return values dest is PARALLEL. | |
6242 Currently we handle only single return value case. */ | |
6243 if (REG_P (dest)) | |
6244 { | |
6245 start_sequence (); | |
6246 emit_move_insn (cheap, copy_rtx (dest)); | |
6247 restore = get_insns (); | |
6248 end_sequence (); | |
6249 lra_process_new_insns (curr_insn, NULL, restore, | |
6250 "Inserting call parameter restore"); | |
6251 /* We don't need to save/restore of the pseudo from | |
6252 this call. */ | |
6253 usage_insns[regno].calls_num = calls_num; | |
6254 bitmap_set_bit (&check_only_regs, regno); | |
6255 } | |
6256 } | |
6257 } | |
6258 to_inherit_num = 0; | |
6259 /* Process insn usages. */ | |
6260 for (iter = 0; iter < 2; iter++) | |
6261 for (reg = iter == 0 ? curr_id->regs : curr_static_id->hard_regs; | |
6262 reg != NULL; | |
6263 reg = reg->next) | |
6264 if ((reg->type != OP_OUT | |
6265 || (reg->type == OP_OUT && reg->subreg_p)) | |
6266 && (src_regno = reg->regno) < lra_constraint_new_regno_start) | |
6267 { | |
6268 if (src_regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER | |
6269 && reg_renumber[src_regno] < 0 && reg->type == OP_IN) | |
6270 { | |
6271 if (usage_insns[src_regno].check == curr_usage_insns_check | |
6272 && (next_usage_insns | |
6273 = usage_insns[src_regno].insns) != NULL_RTX | |
6274 && NONDEBUG_INSN_P (curr_insn)) | |
6275 add_to_inherit (src_regno, next_usage_insns); | |
6276 else if (usage_insns[src_regno].check | |
6277 != -(int) INSN_UID (curr_insn)) | |
6278 /* Add usages but only if the reg is not set up | |
6279 in the same insn. */ | |
6280 add_next_usage_insn (src_regno, curr_insn, reloads_num); | |
6281 } | |
6282 else if (src_regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER | |
6283 || reg_renumber[src_regno] >= 0) | |
6284 { | |
6285 bool before_p; | |
6286 rtx_insn *use_insn = curr_insn; | |
6287 | |
6288 before_p = (JUMP_P (curr_insn) | |
6289 || (CALL_P (curr_insn) && reg->type == OP_IN)); | |
6290 if (NONDEBUG_INSN_P (curr_insn) | |
6291 && (! JUMP_P (curr_insn) || reg->type == OP_IN) | |
6292 && split_if_necessary (src_regno, reg->biggest_mode, | |
6293 potential_reload_hard_regs, | |
6294 before_p, curr_insn, max_uid)) | |
6295 { | |
6296 if (reg->subreg_p) | |
6297 lra_risky_transformations_p = true; | |
6298 change_p = true; | |
6299 /* Invalidate. */ | |
6300 usage_insns[src_regno].check = 0; | |
6301 if (before_p) | |
6302 use_insn = PREV_INSN (curr_insn); | |
6303 } | |
6304 if (NONDEBUG_INSN_P (curr_insn)) | |
6305 { | |
6306 if (src_regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
6307 add_to_hard_reg_set (&live_hard_regs, | |
6308 reg->biggest_mode, src_regno); | |
6309 else | |
6310 add_to_hard_reg_set (&live_hard_regs, | |
6311 PSEUDO_REGNO_MODE (src_regno), | |
6312 reg_renumber[src_regno]); | |
6313 } | |
6314 add_next_usage_insn (src_regno, use_insn, reloads_num); | |
6315 } | |
6316 } | |
6317 /* Process used call regs. */ | |
6318 if (curr_id->arg_hard_regs != NULL) | |
6319 for (i = 0; (src_regno = curr_id->arg_hard_regs[i]) >= 0; i++) | |
6320 if (src_regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
6321 { | |
6322 SET_HARD_REG_BIT (live_hard_regs, src_regno); | |
6323 add_next_usage_insn (src_regno, curr_insn, reloads_num); | |
6324 } | |
6325 for (i = 0; i < to_inherit_num; i++) | |
6326 { | |
6327 src_regno = to_inherit[i].regno; | |
6328 if (inherit_reload_reg (false, src_regno, ALL_REGS, | |
6329 curr_insn, to_inherit[i].insns)) | |
6330 change_p = true; | |
6331 else | |
6332 setup_next_usage_insn (src_regno, curr_insn, reloads_num, false); | |
6333 } | |
6334 } | |
6335 if (update_reloads_num_p | |
6336 && NONDEBUG_INSN_P (curr_insn) && curr_set != NULL_RTX) | |
6337 { | |
6338 int regno = -1; | |
6339 if ((REG_P (SET_DEST (curr_set)) | |
6340 && (regno = REGNO (SET_DEST (curr_set))) >= lra_constraint_new_regno_start | |
6341 && reg_renumber[regno] < 0 | |
6342 && (cl = lra_get_allocno_class (regno)) != NO_REGS) | |
6343 || (REG_P (SET_SRC (curr_set)) | |
6344 && (regno = REGNO (SET_SRC (curr_set))) >= lra_constraint_new_regno_start | |
6345 && reg_renumber[regno] < 0 | |
6346 && (cl = lra_get_allocno_class (regno)) != NO_REGS)) | |
6347 { | |
6348 if (ira_class_hard_regs_num[cl] <= max_small_class_regs_num) | |
6349 reloads_num++; | |
6350 if (hard_reg_set_subset_p (reg_class_contents[cl], live_hard_regs)) | |
6351 IOR_HARD_REG_SET (potential_reload_hard_regs, | |
6352 reg_class_contents[cl]); | |
6353 } | |
6354 } | |
6355 if (NONDEBUG_INSN_P (curr_insn)) | |
6356 { | |
6357 int regno; | |
6358 | |
6359 /* Invalidate invariants with changed regs. */ | |
6360 curr_id = lra_get_insn_recog_data (curr_insn); | |
6361 for (reg = curr_id->regs; reg != NULL; reg = reg->next) | |
6362 if (reg->type != OP_IN) | |
6363 { | |
6364 bitmap_set_bit (&invalid_invariant_regs, reg->regno); | |
6365 bitmap_set_bit (&invalid_invariant_regs, | |
6366 ORIGINAL_REGNO (regno_reg_rtx[reg->regno])); | |
6367 } | |
6368 curr_static_id = curr_id->insn_static_data; | |
6369 for (reg = curr_static_id->hard_regs; reg != NULL; reg = reg->next) | |
6370 if (reg->type != OP_IN) | |
6371 bitmap_set_bit (&invalid_invariant_regs, reg->regno); | |
6372 if (curr_id->arg_hard_regs != NULL) | |
6373 for (i = 0; (regno = curr_id->arg_hard_regs[i]) >= 0; i++) | |
6374 if (regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
6375 bitmap_set_bit (&invalid_invariant_regs, | |
6376 regno - FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER); | |
6377 } | |
6378 /* We reached the start of the current basic block. */ | |
6379 if (prev_insn == NULL_RTX || prev_insn == PREV_INSN (head) | |
6380 || BLOCK_FOR_INSN (prev_insn) != curr_bb) | |
6381 { | |
6382 /* We reached the beginning of the current block -- do | |
6383 rest of spliting in the current BB. */ | |
6384 to_process = df_get_live_in (curr_bb); | |
6385 if (BLOCK_FOR_INSN (head) != curr_bb) | |
6386 { | |
6387 /* We are somewhere in the middle of EBB. */ | |
6388 get_live_on_other_edges (EDGE_PRED (curr_bb, 0)->src, | |
6389 curr_bb, &temp_bitmap); | |
6390 to_process = &temp_bitmap; | |
6391 } | |
6392 head_p = true; | |
6393 EXECUTE_IF_SET_IN_BITMAP (to_process, 0, j, bi) | |
6394 { | |
6395 if ((int) j >= lra_constraint_new_regno_start) | |
6396 break; | |
6397 if (((int) j < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER || reg_renumber[j] >= 0) | |
6398 && usage_insns[j].check == curr_usage_insns_check | |
6399 && (next_usage_insns = usage_insns[j].insns) != NULL_RTX) | |
6400 { | |
6401 if (need_for_split_p (potential_reload_hard_regs, j)) | |
6402 { | |
6403 if (lra_dump_file != NULL && head_p) | |
6404 { | |
6405 fprintf (lra_dump_file, | |
6406 " ----------------------------------\n"); | |
6407 head_p = false; | |
6408 } | |
6409 if (split_reg (false, j, bb_note (curr_bb), | |
6410 next_usage_insns)) | |
6411 change_p = true; | |
6412 } | |
6413 usage_insns[j].check = 0; | |
6414 } | |
6415 } | |
6416 } | |
6417 } | |
6418 return change_p; | |
6419 } | |
6420 | |
6421 /* This value affects EBB forming. If probability of edge from EBB to | |
6422 a BB is not greater than the following value, we don't add the BB | |
6423 to EBB. */ | |
6424 #define EBB_PROBABILITY_CUTOFF \ | |
6425 ((REG_BR_PROB_BASE * LRA_INHERITANCE_EBB_PROBABILITY_CUTOFF) / 100) | |
6426 | |
6427 /* Current number of inheritance/split iteration. */ | |
6428 int lra_inheritance_iter; | |
6429 | |
6430 /* Entry function for inheritance/split pass. */ | |
6431 void | |
6432 lra_inheritance (void) | |
6433 { | |
6434 int i; | |
6435 basic_block bb, start_bb; | |
6436 edge e; | |
6437 | |
6438 lra_inheritance_iter++; | |
6439 if (lra_inheritance_iter > LRA_MAX_INHERITANCE_PASSES) | |
6440 return; | |
6441 timevar_push (TV_LRA_INHERITANCE); | |
6442 if (lra_dump_file != NULL) | |
6443 fprintf (lra_dump_file, "\n********** Inheritance #%d: **********\n\n", | |
6444 lra_inheritance_iter); | |
6445 curr_usage_insns_check = 0; | |
6446 usage_insns = XNEWVEC (struct usage_insns, lra_constraint_new_regno_start); | |
6447 for (i = 0; i < lra_constraint_new_regno_start; i++) | |
6448 usage_insns[i].check = 0; | |
6449 bitmap_initialize (&check_only_regs, ®_obstack); | |
6450 bitmap_initialize (&invalid_invariant_regs, ®_obstack); | |
6451 bitmap_initialize (&live_regs, ®_obstack); | |
6452 bitmap_initialize (&temp_bitmap, ®_obstack); | |
6453 bitmap_initialize (&ebb_global_regs, ®_obstack); | |
6454 FOR_EACH_BB_FN (bb, cfun) | |
6455 { | |
6456 start_bb = bb; | |
6457 if (lra_dump_file != NULL) | |
6458 fprintf (lra_dump_file, "EBB"); | |
6459 /* Form a EBB starting with BB. */ | |
6460 bitmap_clear (&ebb_global_regs); | |
6461 bitmap_ior_into (&ebb_global_regs, df_get_live_in (bb)); | |
6462 for (;;) | |
6463 { | |
6464 if (lra_dump_file != NULL) | |
6465 fprintf (lra_dump_file, " %d", bb->index); | |
6466 if (bb->next_bb == EXIT_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun) | |
6467 || LABEL_P (BB_HEAD (bb->next_bb))) | |
6468 break; | |
6469 e = find_fallthru_edge (bb->succs); | |
6470 if (! e) | |
6471 break; | |
6472 if (e->probability.initialized_p () | |
6473 && e->probability.to_reg_br_prob_base () < EBB_PROBABILITY_CUTOFF) | |
6474 break; | |
6475 bb = bb->next_bb; | |
6476 } | |
6477 bitmap_ior_into (&ebb_global_regs, df_get_live_out (bb)); | |
6478 if (lra_dump_file != NULL) | |
6479 fprintf (lra_dump_file, "\n"); | |
6480 if (inherit_in_ebb (BB_HEAD (start_bb), BB_END (bb))) | |
6481 /* Remember that the EBB head and tail can change in | |
6482 inherit_in_ebb. */ | |
6483 update_ebb_live_info (BB_HEAD (start_bb), BB_END (bb)); | |
6484 } | |
6485 bitmap_clear (&ebb_global_regs); | |
6486 bitmap_clear (&temp_bitmap); | |
6487 bitmap_clear (&live_regs); | |
6488 bitmap_clear (&invalid_invariant_regs); | |
6489 bitmap_clear (&check_only_regs); | |
6490 free (usage_insns); | |
6491 | |
6492 timevar_pop (TV_LRA_INHERITANCE); | |
6493 } | |
6494 | |
6495 | |
6496 | |
6497 /* This page contains code to undo failed inheritance/split | |
6498 transformations. */ | |
6499 | |
6500 /* Current number of iteration undoing inheritance/split. */ | |
6501 int lra_undo_inheritance_iter; | |
6502 | |
6503 /* Fix BB live info LIVE after removing pseudos created on pass doing | |
6504 inheritance/split which are REMOVED_PSEUDOS. */ | |
6505 static void | |
6506 fix_bb_live_info (bitmap live, bitmap removed_pseudos) | |
6507 { | |
6508 unsigned int regno; | |
6509 bitmap_iterator bi; | |
6510 | |
6511 EXECUTE_IF_SET_IN_BITMAP (removed_pseudos, 0, regno, bi) | |
6512 if (bitmap_clear_bit (live, regno) | |
6513 && REG_P (lra_reg_info[regno].restore_rtx)) | |
6514 bitmap_set_bit (live, REGNO (lra_reg_info[regno].restore_rtx)); | |
6515 } | |
6516 | |
6517 /* Return regno of the (subreg of) REG. Otherwise, return a negative | |
6518 number. */ | |
6519 static int | |
6520 get_regno (rtx reg) | |
6521 { | |
6522 if (GET_CODE (reg) == SUBREG) | |
6523 reg = SUBREG_REG (reg); | |
6524 if (REG_P (reg)) | |
6525 return REGNO (reg); | |
6526 return -1; | |
6527 } | |
6528 | |
6529 /* Delete a move INSN with destination reg DREGNO and a previous | |
6530 clobber insn with the same regno. The inheritance/split code can | |
6531 generate moves with preceding clobber and when we delete such moves | |
6532 we should delete the clobber insn too to keep the correct life | |
6533 info. */ | |
6534 static void | |
6535 delete_move_and_clobber (rtx_insn *insn, int dregno) | |
6536 { | |
6537 rtx_insn *prev_insn = PREV_INSN (insn); | |
6538 | |
6539 lra_set_insn_deleted (insn); | |
6540 lra_assert (dregno >= 0); | |
6541 if (prev_insn != NULL && NONDEBUG_INSN_P (prev_insn) | |
6542 && GET_CODE (PATTERN (prev_insn)) == CLOBBER | |
6543 && dregno == get_regno (XEXP (PATTERN (prev_insn), 0))) | |
6544 lra_set_insn_deleted (prev_insn); | |
6545 } | |
6546 | |
6547 /* Remove inheritance/split pseudos which are in REMOVE_PSEUDOS and | |
6548 return true if we did any change. The undo transformations for | |
6549 inheritance looks like | |
6550 i <- i2 | |
6551 p <- i => p <- i2 | |
6552 or removing | |
6553 p <- i, i <- p, and i <- i3 | |
6554 where p is original pseudo from which inheritance pseudo i was | |
6555 created, i and i3 are removed inheritance pseudos, i2 is another | |
6556 not removed inheritance pseudo. All split pseudos or other | |
6557 occurrences of removed inheritance pseudos are changed on the | |
6558 corresponding original pseudos. | |
6559 | |
6560 The function also schedules insns changed and created during | |
6561 inheritance/split pass for processing by the subsequent constraint | |
6562 pass. */ | |
6563 static bool | |
6564 remove_inheritance_pseudos (bitmap remove_pseudos) | |
6565 { | |
6566 basic_block bb; | |
6567 int regno, sregno, prev_sregno, dregno; | |
6568 rtx restore_rtx; | |
6569 rtx set, prev_set; | |
6570 rtx_insn *prev_insn; | |
6571 bool change_p, done_p; | |
6572 | |
6573 change_p = ! bitmap_empty_p (remove_pseudos); | |
6574 /* We can not finish the function right away if CHANGE_P is true | |
6575 because we need to marks insns affected by previous | |
6576 inheritance/split pass for processing by the subsequent | |
6577 constraint pass. */ | |
6578 FOR_EACH_BB_FN (bb, cfun) | |
6579 { | |
6580 fix_bb_live_info (df_get_live_in (bb), remove_pseudos); | |
6581 fix_bb_live_info (df_get_live_out (bb), remove_pseudos); | |
6582 FOR_BB_INSNS_REVERSE (bb, curr_insn) | |
6583 { | |
6584 if (! INSN_P (curr_insn)) | |
6585 continue; | |
6586 done_p = false; | |
6587 sregno = dregno = -1; | |
6588 if (change_p && NONDEBUG_INSN_P (curr_insn) | |
6589 && (set = single_set (curr_insn)) != NULL_RTX) | |
6590 { | |
6591 dregno = get_regno (SET_DEST (set)); | |
6592 sregno = get_regno (SET_SRC (set)); | |
6593 } | |
6594 | |
6595 if (sregno >= 0 && dregno >= 0) | |
6596 { | |
6597 if (bitmap_bit_p (remove_pseudos, dregno) | |
6598 && ! REG_P (lra_reg_info[dregno].restore_rtx)) | |
6599 { | |
6600 /* invariant inheritance pseudo <- original pseudo */ | |
6601 if (lra_dump_file != NULL) | |
6602 { | |
6603 fprintf (lra_dump_file, " Removing invariant inheritance:\n"); | |
6604 dump_insn_slim (lra_dump_file, curr_insn); | |
6605 fprintf (lra_dump_file, "\n"); | |
6606 } | |
6607 delete_move_and_clobber (curr_insn, dregno); | |
6608 done_p = true; | |
6609 } | |
6610 else if (bitmap_bit_p (remove_pseudos, sregno) | |
6611 && ! REG_P (lra_reg_info[sregno].restore_rtx)) | |
6612 { | |
6613 /* reload pseudo <- invariant inheritance pseudo */ | |
6614 start_sequence (); | |
6615 /* We can not just change the source. It might be | |
6616 an insn different from the move. */ | |
6617 emit_insn (lra_reg_info[sregno].restore_rtx); | |
6618 rtx_insn *new_insns = get_insns (); | |
6619 end_sequence (); | |
6620 lra_assert (single_set (new_insns) != NULL | |
6621 && SET_DEST (set) == SET_DEST (single_set (new_insns))); | |
6622 lra_process_new_insns (curr_insn, NULL, new_insns, | |
6623 "Changing reload<-invariant inheritance"); | |
6624 delete_move_and_clobber (curr_insn, dregno); | |
6625 done_p = true; | |
6626 } | |
6627 else if ((bitmap_bit_p (remove_pseudos, sregno) | |
6628 && (get_regno (lra_reg_info[sregno].restore_rtx) == dregno | |
6629 || (bitmap_bit_p (remove_pseudos, dregno) | |
6630 && get_regno (lra_reg_info[sregno].restore_rtx) >= 0 | |
6631 && (get_regno (lra_reg_info[sregno].restore_rtx) | |
6632 == get_regno (lra_reg_info[dregno].restore_rtx))))) | |
6633 || (bitmap_bit_p (remove_pseudos, dregno) | |
6634 && get_regno (lra_reg_info[dregno].restore_rtx) == sregno)) | |
6635 /* One of the following cases: | |
6636 original <- removed inheritance pseudo | |
6637 removed inherit pseudo <- another removed inherit pseudo | |
6638 removed inherit pseudo <- original pseudo | |
6639 Or | |
6640 removed_split_pseudo <- original_reg | |
6641 original_reg <- removed_split_pseudo */ | |
6642 { | |
6643 if (lra_dump_file != NULL) | |
6644 { | |
6645 fprintf (lra_dump_file, " Removing %s:\n", | |
6646 bitmap_bit_p (&lra_split_regs, sregno) | |
6647 || bitmap_bit_p (&lra_split_regs, dregno) | |
6648 ? "split" : "inheritance"); | |
6649 dump_insn_slim (lra_dump_file, curr_insn); | |
6650 } | |
6651 delete_move_and_clobber (curr_insn, dregno); | |
6652 done_p = true; | |
6653 } | |
6654 else if (bitmap_bit_p (remove_pseudos, sregno) | |
6655 && bitmap_bit_p (&lra_inheritance_pseudos, sregno)) | |
6656 { | |
6657 /* Search the following pattern: | |
6658 inherit_or_split_pseudo1 <- inherit_or_split_pseudo2 | |
6659 original_pseudo <- inherit_or_split_pseudo1 | |
6660 where the 2nd insn is the current insn and | |
6661 inherit_or_split_pseudo2 is not removed. If it is found, | |
6662 change the current insn onto: | |
6663 original_pseudo <- inherit_or_split_pseudo2. */ | |
6664 for (prev_insn = PREV_INSN (curr_insn); | |
6665 prev_insn != NULL_RTX && ! NONDEBUG_INSN_P (prev_insn); | |
6666 prev_insn = PREV_INSN (prev_insn)) | |
6667 ; | |
6668 if (prev_insn != NULL_RTX && BLOCK_FOR_INSN (prev_insn) == bb | |
6669 && (prev_set = single_set (prev_insn)) != NULL_RTX | |
6670 /* There should be no subregs in insn we are | |
6671 searching because only the original reg might | |
6672 be in subreg when we changed the mode of | |
6673 load/store for splitting. */ | |
6674 && REG_P (SET_DEST (prev_set)) | |
6675 && REG_P (SET_SRC (prev_set)) | |
6676 && (int) REGNO (SET_DEST (prev_set)) == sregno | |
6677 && ((prev_sregno = REGNO (SET_SRC (prev_set))) | |
6678 >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
6679 && (lra_reg_info[prev_sregno].restore_rtx == NULL_RTX | |
6680 || | |
6681 /* As we consider chain of inheritance or | |
6682 splitting described in above comment we should | |
6683 check that sregno and prev_sregno were | |
6684 inheritance/split pseudos created from the | |
6685 same original regno. */ | |
6686 (get_regno (lra_reg_info[sregno].restore_rtx) >= 0 | |
6687 && (get_regno (lra_reg_info[sregno].restore_rtx) | |
6688 == get_regno (lra_reg_info[prev_sregno].restore_rtx)))) | |
6689 && ! bitmap_bit_p (remove_pseudos, prev_sregno)) | |
6690 { | |
6691 lra_assert (GET_MODE (SET_SRC (prev_set)) | |
6692 == GET_MODE (regno_reg_rtx[sregno])); | |
6693 if (GET_CODE (SET_SRC (set)) == SUBREG) | |
6694 SUBREG_REG (SET_SRC (set)) = SET_SRC (prev_set); | |
6695 else | |
6696 SET_SRC (set) = SET_SRC (prev_set); | |
6697 /* As we are finishing with processing the insn | |
6698 here, check the destination too as it might | |
6699 inheritance pseudo for another pseudo. */ | |
6700 if (bitmap_bit_p (remove_pseudos, dregno) | |
6701 && bitmap_bit_p (&lra_inheritance_pseudos, dregno) | |
6702 && (restore_rtx | |
6703 = lra_reg_info[dregno].restore_rtx) != NULL_RTX) | |
6704 { | |
6705 if (GET_CODE (SET_DEST (set)) == SUBREG) | |
6706 SUBREG_REG (SET_DEST (set)) = restore_rtx; | |
6707 else | |
6708 SET_DEST (set) = restore_rtx; | |
6709 } | |
6710 lra_push_insn_and_update_insn_regno_info (curr_insn); | |
6711 lra_set_used_insn_alternative_by_uid | |
6712 (INSN_UID (curr_insn), -1); | |
6713 done_p = true; | |
6714 if (lra_dump_file != NULL) | |
6715 { | |
6716 fprintf (lra_dump_file, " Change reload insn:\n"); | |
6717 dump_insn_slim (lra_dump_file, curr_insn); | |
6718 } | |
6719 } | |
6720 } | |
6721 } | |
6722 if (! done_p) | |
6723 { | |
6724 struct lra_insn_reg *reg; | |
6725 bool restored_regs_p = false; | |
6726 bool kept_regs_p = false; | |
6727 | |
6728 curr_id = lra_get_insn_recog_data (curr_insn); | |
6729 for (reg = curr_id->regs; reg != NULL; reg = reg->next) | |
6730 { | |
6731 regno = reg->regno; | |
6732 restore_rtx = lra_reg_info[regno].restore_rtx; | |
6733 if (restore_rtx != NULL_RTX) | |
6734 { | |
6735 if (change_p && bitmap_bit_p (remove_pseudos, regno)) | |
6736 { | |
6737 lra_substitute_pseudo_within_insn | |
6738 (curr_insn, regno, restore_rtx, false); | |
6739 restored_regs_p = true; | |
6740 } | |
6741 else | |
6742 kept_regs_p = true; | |
6743 } | |
6744 } | |
6745 if (NONDEBUG_INSN_P (curr_insn) && kept_regs_p) | |
6746 { | |
6747 /* The instruction has changed since the previous | |
6748 constraints pass. */ | |
6749 lra_push_insn_and_update_insn_regno_info (curr_insn); | |
6750 lra_set_used_insn_alternative_by_uid | |
6751 (INSN_UID (curr_insn), -1); | |
6752 } | |
6753 else if (restored_regs_p) | |
6754 /* The instruction has been restored to the form that | |
6755 it had during the previous constraints pass. */ | |
6756 lra_update_insn_regno_info (curr_insn); | |
6757 if (restored_regs_p && lra_dump_file != NULL) | |
6758 { | |
6759 fprintf (lra_dump_file, " Insn after restoring regs:\n"); | |
6760 dump_insn_slim (lra_dump_file, curr_insn); | |
6761 } | |
6762 } | |
6763 } | |
6764 } | |
6765 return change_p; | |
6766 } | |
6767 | |
6768 /* If optional reload pseudos failed to get a hard register or was not | |
6769 inherited, it is better to remove optional reloads. We do this | |
6770 transformation after undoing inheritance to figure out necessity to | |
6771 remove optional reloads easier. Return true if we do any | |
6772 change. */ | |
6773 static bool | |
6774 undo_optional_reloads (void) | |
6775 { | |
6776 bool change_p, keep_p; | |
6777 unsigned int regno, uid; | |
6778 bitmap_iterator bi, bi2; | |
6779 rtx_insn *insn; | |
6780 rtx set, src, dest; | |
6781 auto_bitmap removed_optional_reload_pseudos (®_obstack); | |
6782 | |
6783 bitmap_copy (removed_optional_reload_pseudos, &lra_optional_reload_pseudos); | |
6784 EXECUTE_IF_SET_IN_BITMAP (&lra_optional_reload_pseudos, 0, regno, bi) | |
6785 { | |
6786 keep_p = false; | |
6787 /* Keep optional reloads from previous subpasses. */ | |
6788 if (lra_reg_info[regno].restore_rtx == NULL_RTX | |
6789 /* If the original pseudo changed its allocation, just | |
6790 removing the optional pseudo is dangerous as the original | |
6791 pseudo will have longer live range. */ | |
6792 || reg_renumber[REGNO (lra_reg_info[regno].restore_rtx)] >= 0) | |
6793 keep_p = true; | |
6794 else if (reg_renumber[regno] >= 0) | |
6795 EXECUTE_IF_SET_IN_BITMAP (&lra_reg_info[regno].insn_bitmap, 0, uid, bi2) | |
6796 { | |
6797 insn = lra_insn_recog_data[uid]->insn; | |
6798 if ((set = single_set (insn)) == NULL_RTX) | |
6799 continue; | |
6800 src = SET_SRC (set); | |
6801 dest = SET_DEST (set); | |
6802 if (! REG_P (src) || ! REG_P (dest)) | |
6803 continue; | |
6804 if (REGNO (dest) == regno | |
6805 /* Ignore insn for optional reloads itself. */ | |
6806 && REGNO (lra_reg_info[regno].restore_rtx) != REGNO (src) | |
6807 /* Check only inheritance on last inheritance pass. */ | |
6808 && (int) REGNO (src) >= new_regno_start | |
6809 /* Check that the optional reload was inherited. */ | |
6810 && bitmap_bit_p (&lra_inheritance_pseudos, REGNO (src))) | |
6811 { | |
6812 keep_p = true; | |
6813 break; | |
6814 } | |
6815 } | |
6816 if (keep_p) | |
6817 { | |
6818 bitmap_clear_bit (removed_optional_reload_pseudos, regno); | |
6819 if (lra_dump_file != NULL) | |
6820 fprintf (lra_dump_file, "Keep optional reload reg %d\n", regno); | |
6821 } | |
6822 } | |
6823 change_p = ! bitmap_empty_p (removed_optional_reload_pseudos); | |
6824 auto_bitmap insn_bitmap (®_obstack); | |
6825 EXECUTE_IF_SET_IN_BITMAP (removed_optional_reload_pseudos, 0, regno, bi) | |
6826 { | |
6827 if (lra_dump_file != NULL) | |
6828 fprintf (lra_dump_file, "Remove optional reload reg %d\n", regno); | |
6829 bitmap_copy (insn_bitmap, &lra_reg_info[regno].insn_bitmap); | |
6830 EXECUTE_IF_SET_IN_BITMAP (insn_bitmap, 0, uid, bi2) | |
6831 { | |
6832 insn = lra_insn_recog_data[uid]->insn; | |
6833 if ((set = single_set (insn)) != NULL_RTX) | |
6834 { | |
6835 src = SET_SRC (set); | |
6836 dest = SET_DEST (set); | |
6837 if (REG_P (src) && REG_P (dest) | |
6838 && ((REGNO (src) == regno | |
6839 && (REGNO (lra_reg_info[regno].restore_rtx) | |
6840 == REGNO (dest))) | |
6841 || (REGNO (dest) == regno | |
6842 && (REGNO (lra_reg_info[regno].restore_rtx) | |
6843 == REGNO (src))))) | |
6844 { | |
6845 if (lra_dump_file != NULL) | |
6846 { | |
6847 fprintf (lra_dump_file, " Deleting move %u\n", | |
6848 INSN_UID (insn)); | |
6849 dump_insn_slim (lra_dump_file, insn); | |
6850 } | |
6851 delete_move_and_clobber (insn, REGNO (dest)); | |
6852 continue; | |
6853 } | |
6854 /* We should not worry about generation memory-memory | |
6855 moves here as if the corresponding inheritance did | |
6856 not work (inheritance pseudo did not get a hard reg), | |
6857 we remove the inheritance pseudo and the optional | |
6858 reload. */ | |
6859 } | |
6860 lra_substitute_pseudo_within_insn | |
6861 (insn, regno, lra_reg_info[regno].restore_rtx, false); | |
6862 lra_update_insn_regno_info (insn); | |
6863 if (lra_dump_file != NULL) | |
6864 { | |
6865 fprintf (lra_dump_file, | |
6866 " Restoring original insn:\n"); | |
6867 dump_insn_slim (lra_dump_file, insn); | |
6868 } | |
6869 } | |
6870 } | |
6871 /* Clear restore_regnos. */ | |
6872 EXECUTE_IF_SET_IN_BITMAP (&lra_optional_reload_pseudos, 0, regno, bi) | |
6873 lra_reg_info[regno].restore_rtx = NULL_RTX; | |
6874 return change_p; | |
6875 } | |
6876 | |
6877 /* Entry function for undoing inheritance/split transformation. Return true | |
6878 if we did any RTL change in this pass. */ | |
6879 bool | |
6880 lra_undo_inheritance (void) | |
6881 { | |
6882 unsigned int regno; | |
6883 int hard_regno; | |
6884 int n_all_inherit, n_inherit, n_all_split, n_split; | |
6885 rtx restore_rtx; | |
6886 bitmap_iterator bi; | |
6887 bool change_p; | |
6888 | |
6889 lra_undo_inheritance_iter++; | |
6890 if (lra_undo_inheritance_iter > LRA_MAX_INHERITANCE_PASSES) | |
6891 return false; | |
6892 if (lra_dump_file != NULL) | |
6893 fprintf (lra_dump_file, | |
6894 "\n********** Undoing inheritance #%d: **********\n\n", | |
6895 lra_undo_inheritance_iter); | |
6896 auto_bitmap remove_pseudos (®_obstack); | |
6897 n_inherit = n_all_inherit = 0; | |
6898 EXECUTE_IF_SET_IN_BITMAP (&lra_inheritance_pseudos, 0, regno, bi) | |
6899 if (lra_reg_info[regno].restore_rtx != NULL_RTX) | |
6900 { | |
6901 n_all_inherit++; | |
6902 if (reg_renumber[regno] < 0 | |
6903 /* If the original pseudo changed its allocation, just | |
6904 removing inheritance is dangerous as for changing | |
6905 allocation we used shorter live-ranges. */ | |
6906 && (! REG_P (lra_reg_info[regno].restore_rtx) | |
6907 || reg_renumber[REGNO (lra_reg_info[regno].restore_rtx)] < 0)) | |
6908 bitmap_set_bit (remove_pseudos, regno); | |
6909 else | |
6910 n_inherit++; | |
6911 } | |
6912 if (lra_dump_file != NULL && n_all_inherit != 0) | |
6913 fprintf (lra_dump_file, "Inherit %d out of %d (%.2f%%)\n", | |
6914 n_inherit, n_all_inherit, | |
6915 (double) n_inherit / n_all_inherit * 100); | |
6916 n_split = n_all_split = 0; | |
6917 EXECUTE_IF_SET_IN_BITMAP (&lra_split_regs, 0, regno, bi) | |
6918 if ((restore_rtx = lra_reg_info[regno].restore_rtx) != NULL_RTX) | |
6919 { | |
6920 int restore_regno = REGNO (restore_rtx); | |
6921 | |
6922 n_all_split++; | |
6923 hard_regno = (restore_regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER | |
6924 ? reg_renumber[restore_regno] : restore_regno); | |
6925 if (hard_regno < 0 || reg_renumber[regno] == hard_regno) | |
6926 bitmap_set_bit (remove_pseudos, regno); | |
6927 else | |
6928 { | |
6929 n_split++; | |
6930 if (lra_dump_file != NULL) | |
6931 fprintf (lra_dump_file, " Keep split r%d (orig=r%d)\n", | |
6932 regno, restore_regno); | |
6933 } | |
6934 } | |
6935 if (lra_dump_file != NULL && n_all_split != 0) | |
6936 fprintf (lra_dump_file, "Split %d out of %d (%.2f%%)\n", | |
6937 n_split, n_all_split, | |
6938 (double) n_split / n_all_split * 100); | |
6939 change_p = remove_inheritance_pseudos (remove_pseudos); | |
6940 /* Clear restore_regnos. */ | |
6941 EXECUTE_IF_SET_IN_BITMAP (&lra_inheritance_pseudos, 0, regno, bi) | |
6942 lra_reg_info[regno].restore_rtx = NULL_RTX; | |
6943 EXECUTE_IF_SET_IN_BITMAP (&lra_split_regs, 0, regno, bi) | |
6944 lra_reg_info[regno].restore_rtx = NULL_RTX; | |
6945 change_p = undo_optional_reloads () || change_p; | |
6946 return change_p; | |
6947 } |